Appendix A — Division B
Explanatory Material
A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings
The British Columbia Building Code does not provide separate requirements which
would apply to seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising
the basic health and safety provisions, however, various requirements in Part 9
recognize that leniency may be appropriate in some circumstances. With greater use
of “cottages” through the winter months, the proliferation of seasonally
occupied multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation of modern
conveniences in these buildings, the number and extent of possible exceptions is
reduced.
Energy Efficiency Clause 9.36.1.3.(5)(b) exempts seasonally occupied residential
buildings such as summer cottages from the requirements of Section 9.36.
Cottages intended for continuous or regular winter use such as ski cabins are
required to conform to Section 9.36.
Thermal Insulation
Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors that separate heated space from
unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer and which,
therefore, have no space heating appliances, would not be required to be
insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation
should also be installed at that time in accordance with Article 9.25.1.1. and the insulation tables in Section 9.36. However, if the building were not intended for continuous or
regular winter use, it may still be exempted from the remainder of the energy
efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.
Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating
system would thus be exempt from these requirements. In some cases, seasonally
occupied buildings that are conditioned may be required to conform to the air
and vapour barrier requirements of Section 9.25, but not to the air barrier and
other requirements of Section 9.36.
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire
safety. Where a dwelling is a detached building, there are no fire resistance
requirements for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces
of walls and ceilings are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater
than 150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility,
even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to
finish these walls. Except where waterproof finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where
two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to
interior loadbearing walls, floors and the shared wall (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).
Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available
(Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical facilities only where electrical services are available
(Article 9.34.1.2.).
A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber
Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species combinations contained
in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are listed in the span tables for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually.
Since the allowable span for the northern species combination is based on the weakest
species in the combination, the use of the span for this combination is permitted
for any individual species not included in the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch
and Hemlock-Fir combinations.
Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited
by the Canadian Lumber Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in
Canada are shown in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B. Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade marking of lumber, including mill supervisory service, in accordance with
CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”
The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned
grade, species or species combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing,
the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS accredited agency under whose
supervision the grading and marking was done.
| Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A Species Designations and Abbreviations Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.3.2.1.(1) | ||
| Commercial Designation of Species or Species Combination | Abbreviation Permitted on Grade Stamps | Species Included |
| Douglas Fir – Larch | D Fir – L (N) | Douglas Fir, Western Larch |
| Hemlock – Fir | Hem – Fir (N) | Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir |
| Spruce – Pine – Fir | S – P – F or Spruce – Pine – Fir |
White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce, Red Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir |
| Northern Species | North Species | Any Canadian softwood covered by NLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber” |
Canadian lumber is graded to the NLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. The NLGA rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade marks to provide positive
identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or standard
species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade
marks.
NLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. The NLGA rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade marks to provide positive
identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or standard
species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade
marks.
Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. “S-Dry”
in the mark indicates the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding
19%. “MC 15” indicates a moisture content not exceeding 15%. “S-GRN” in the grade
mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher than 19%
at a size to allow for natural shrinkage during seasoning.
Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber
is identified in the grade mark by use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name
or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under whose supervision the lumber was grade
marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of the agency.
| Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies Authorized to Grade Mark Lumber in Canada Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.3.2.1.(1) | |
|
Facsimiles of Grade Mark |
Association or Agency |
 |
Alberta Forest Products
Association |
 |
Canadian Mill Services
Association |
 |
Canadian Softwood
Inspection Agency Inc. |
 |
Central Forest Products
Association Inc. |
 |
Council of Forest
Industries |
 |
Macdonald Inspection
Services Ltd. |
 |
Maritime Lumber
Bureau |
 |
Newfoundland &
Labrador Lumber Producers Association |
 |
Northwest Territories
Forest Industries Association |
 |
Ontario Forest Industries
Association Suite
950 |
 |
Ontario Lumber
Manufacturers' Association |
 |
Pacific Lumber
Inspection Bureau |
 |
Quebec Forest Industry
Council |
A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading
To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA rules under which the lumber
is graded must be shown in the grade mark. Paragraph 113 is equivalent to WWPA rules
and paragraph 114 is equivalent to WCLIB rules. When graded in accordance with WWPA
or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will not contain a paragraph number.
A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber
NLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” permits lumber to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38
× 140, 38 × 184, etc.) provided the grade stamp shows the reduced size.
This Sentence permits the use of the span tables for such lumber, provided the size
indicated on the stamp is not less than 95% of the corresponding standard size.
Allowable spans in the tables must be reduced a full 5% even if the undersize is
less than the 5% permitted.
A-9.3.2.9.(1) Protection from Termites
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A
Known termite locations
Notes to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A:
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B
Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements
where required to permit inspection for termite infestation
A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay
There are many above-ground,
structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or
drying is slow, creating conditions conducive to decay. Beams extending
beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and connections
between balcony guards and walls are three examples of elements that
can accumulate water when exposed to precipitation if they are not
detailed to allow drainage.
A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay
Retaining walls supporting soil are considered to be structural elements of the
building if a line drawn from the outer edge of the footing to the bottom of the
exposed face of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining
walls supporting soil may be structural elements of the building if the line
described above has a lower slope.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)
Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment
Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but
are greater than 1.2 m in height may pose a danger of sudden collapse to persons
adjacent to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected from decay. The height
of the retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the
ground levels on each side of the wall.
A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design
Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members of Part 9 buildings must
- comply with the prescriptive requirements provided in Part 9,
- be designed in accordance with accepted good practice, or
- be designed in accordance with Part 4 using the loads and limits on deflection and vibration specified in Part 9 or Part 4.
Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even
if the snow load calculation on a wood roof truss is based on Subsections 9.4.2., the joints must be designed
in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may comply with the prescriptive
requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the floor framing may be engineered.
Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice,
such as that described in CWC 2009, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part
9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers
and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.
The need for professional involvement in the structural design of
a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9 requirements or accepted good
practice, is defined by provincial and territorial legislation.
A-9.4.2.2. Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow LoadsThe simplified specified snow loads described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical of traditional wood-frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the
spacing of joists, rafters and trusses, the spans of these members and supporting
members, deflection under load, overall dimensions of the roof and the configuration
of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.
Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls
to break up the building area, it is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large
roofs. The simplified specified snow loads may not be used when the total roof area
of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, the simplified specified snow load calculation may be used for typical townhouse
construction but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or industrial
buildings, for example.
The simplified specified snow loads are also not designed to take into account roof
configurations that seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This does not pertain
to typical projections above a sloped roof, such as dormers, nor does it pertain to
buildings with higher and lower roofs. Although two-level roofs generally lead to
drift loading, smaller light-frame buildings constructed according to Part 9 have
not failed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used
in these cases. Rather, this limitation on application of the simplified calculation
pertains to roofs with high parapets or significant other projections above the roof,
such as elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms or larger equipment that would effectively
collect snow and preclude its blowing off the roof.
The reference to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.
The unit weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather
stations across Canada varied from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3. An average value for use in design in lieu of better local data is γ = 3.0 kN/m3. In some locations the unit weight of snow may be considerably greater than 3.0 kN/m3. Such locations include regions where the maximum snow load on the roof is reached
only after contributions from many snowstorms, coastal regions, and regions where
winter rains are considerable and where a unit weight as high as 4.0 kN/m3 may be appropriate.
A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
Many platforms are subject
to both occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks,
verandas, flat roofs over garages and carports. Where such a platform,
or a segregated area of such a platform, serves a single dwelling
unit, it must be designed for the greater of either the specified
snow load or an occupancy load of 1.9 kPa. Where the
platform serves more than one single dwelling unit or an occupancy
other than a residential occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply
as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.
A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility
Typical residential
roofs are framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.
Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre
with web members joining top and bottom chords. Lateral web bracing
is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses. As a result,
there is limited room for movement inside the attic or roof space
or for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to
the minimum acceptable dimensions, further limiting the size of material
that can be moved into the attic or roof space.
With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is
not recommended unless protective clothing and breathing apparatus
are worn.
Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable
and loading can be based on actual dead load. In emergency situations
or for the purpose of inspection, it is possible for a person to access
the attic or roof space without over-stressing the truss or causing
damaging deflections.
A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils
Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test
in which a 38 mm by 38 mm picket bevelled
at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil.
Such material is classified as “dense or compact” if a man of average
weight cannot push the picket more than 200 mm into the
soil and “loose” if the picket penetrates 200 mm or more.
Clay and silt may be classified as “stiff” if it is difficult
to indent by thumb pressure, “firm” if it can be indented by moderate
thumb pressure, “soft” if it can be easily penetrated by thumb pressure,
where this test is carried out on undisturbed soil in the wall of
a test pit.
A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement
In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause
significant expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply
on
exposure to air.
Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture
Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture.
Particularly wet seasons can sufficiently increase the volume of the soil under and
around the structure to cause heaving of foundations and floors-on-ground, or
cracking of foundation walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water by
fast-growing trees can decrease the volume of the soil supporting foundations and
floors-on-ground, thus causing settling.
Frost Heave
Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to
freezing soil. Frost heave results when moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and
silt) under the footings freezes and expands. This mechanism is addressed by
requirements in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of
excavations.
Ice Lenses
When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces
the vapour pressure in the soil in the area immediately around the lens. Moisture
in
the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour pressures providing more moisture
in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the cycle repeats
itself. As the ice lens grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow.
When lenses form close to foundations and heat flow is toward the foundation—as may
be the case with unheated crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated
on the interior—the forces may be sufficient to crack the foundation.
Adfreezing
Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is
essentially upward, parallel to the foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to
lift the foundation. This may cause differential movement or cracking of the
foundation. Heat loss through basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or
concrete block insulated on the exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent
adfreezing. Care must be taken where the foundation does not enclose heated space
or
where open block foundations are insulated on the interior. The installation of
semi-rigid glass fibre insulation has demonstrated some effectiveness as a
separation layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.
Pyrites
Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified
in rock of all types and ages. It is most commonly found in metamorphic and
sedimentary rock, and especially in coal and shale deposits.
Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that
results in volume increases that can heave foundations and floors-on-ground.
Concentrations of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused heaving. Weathering can
be
initiated simply by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on soils
that contain pyrites in concentrations that will cause damage to the building should
be avoided, or measures should be taken to remove the material or seal it. Material
containing pyrites should not be used for backfill at foundations or for supporting
foundations or floors-on-ground.
Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a
deleterious concentration, a test is available to identify its presence and concentration.
References:
Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian
Building Digest 62, Division of Building Research, National Research
Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building
Digest 84, Division of Building Research, National Research Council
Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils.
Canadian Building Digest 184, Division of Building Research, National
Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1977.
Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of
Pyritic Shales. Canadian Building Digest 152, Division of Building
Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1975.
Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the
Transfer of Heat, Air and Moisture through the Building Envelope. Small
Buildings - Technology in Transition, Building Science Insight '90,
Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council
Canada, Ottawa, 1990.
A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations
The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9 relating to footings
and foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained
earth. Drained earth is assumed to exert a load equivalent to the
load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density of 480
kg/m3. The prescriptive solutions do not account
for surcharges from saturated soil or additional loads from heavy
objects located adjacent to the building. Where such surcharges are
expected, the footings and foundation walls must be designed and constructed
according to Part 4.
A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
If
a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another area,
the opening between the two areas must be large enough to effectively
provide sufficient light and air. This is why a minimum opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set
of double doors. The effectiveness of the transfer of light and air
also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation to the
size of the dependent room; in measuring the area of the wall separating
the two areas, the whole wall on the side of the dependent room should
be considered, not taking into account offsets that may be in the
surface of the wall.
The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a
doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if the dependent
area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required
by Article 9.9.10.1. to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other
area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore required for
direct passage between the two areas.
A-9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
If the minimum 860 mm hallway serves more than one room with
identical facilities, only one of the rooms is required to have a door not less than
760 mm wide.
If a number of rooms have different facilities, for example, one room has a
shower, lavatory and water closet, and another room has a lavatory and water closet,
the room with the shower, lavatory and water closet must have the minimum 760
mm wide door. Where multiple rooms provide the same or similar
facilities, one of these rooms must comply with the requirement to have at least one
bathtub or shower, one lavatory and one water closet. Where the fixtures are located
in two separate rooms served by the same hallway, the requirement for the minimum
doorway width would apply to both rooms.
If the minimum 860 mm hallway does not serve any room containing a
bathtub, shower and water closet, additional fixtures do not need to be
installed.
A-9.6.1.1.(1) ApplicationThe scope of this Section includes glass installed on the interior or on the exterior
of a building.
A-9.6.1.2.(2) Mirrored Glass Doors
CAN/CGSB-82.6-M covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that
such doors are not to be used for walk-in closets.
A-9.6.1.3.(1) BC Deleted
A-Table 9.6.1.3. Glass in Doors
Maximum areas in Table 9.6.1.3. for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glass would
be required by Sentence 9.6.1.4.(2).
A-9.7. Windows, Doors and SkylightsThis section applies only to windows, doors and skylights as defined in the scope
of the standards referenced in Article 9.7.4.2. Other glazed products, such as site-built windows, curtain walls or sloped glazing, are required to conform to Part 5.
It is also permitted for fenestration products within the scope of the NAFS standard
to conform to Part 5. This option is typically used for windows and doors that are impractical to subject to the testing requirements of NAFS due to their size or for custom configurations.
A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a) Minimizing Condensation
The total prevention of condensation on the surfaces of fenestration products is difficult
to achieve and, depending on the design and construction of the window or door, may
not be absolutely necessary. Clause 9.7.3.2.(1)(a) therefore requires that condensation be minimized, which means that the amount of moisture that condenses on the inside surface of a window, door or skylight, and the
frequency at which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of such condensation
must be sufficiently rare, the accumulation of any water must be sufficiently small,
and drying must be sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible
materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.7.4. Design and ConstructionGarage doors, sloped glazing, curtain walls, storefronts, commercial entrance systems,
site-built or site-glazed products, revolving doors, interior windows and doors, storm
windows, storm doors, sunrooms and commercial steel doors are not in the scope of
NAFS.
All windows, doors and skylights installed to separate conditioned space from unconditioned
space or the exterior must also conform to Section 9.36.
A-9.7.4.2.(1) Standards Referenced for Windows, Doors and Skylights
General Doors between an unconditioned garage and a dwelling unit are considered to be in
scope of the standard referenced in this Sentence. Although the standard refers to
windows in “exterior building envelopes”, a note to the definition of “building envelope”
clarifies that for the purpose of application of the standard, in some cases a building
envelope may consist of 2 separate walls (such as a wall between garage and dwelling
unit as well as the exterior wall of the garage itself).
A door leading to the exterior from an unconditioned garage is also within scope of
the referenced standard, as it is also part of the exterior building envelope. However,
because the scope of the BC Building Code takes precedence, these doors are not required
to conform to “NAFS”. This Subsection of the Code does not apply to a door separating
two unconditioned spaces.
Canadian Requirements in the Harmonized Standard
In addition to referencing the Canadian Supplement, CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS – North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,” the Harmonized Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “NAFS – North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,” contains some Canada-specific test criteria.
Standards Referenced for Excluded Products
Clause 1.1, General, of the Harmonized Standard defines the limits to the application
of the standard with respect to various types of fenestration products. A list of
exceptions to the application statement identifies a number of standards that apply
to excluded products. Compliance with those standards is not required by the Code;
the references are provided for information purposes only.
Label Indicating Performance and Compliance with Standard
The Canadian Supplement requires that a product’s performance ratings be indicated
on a label according to the designation requirements in the Harmonized Standard and
that the label include
- design pressure, where applicable,
- negative design pressure, where applicable,
- water penetration test pressure, and
- the Canadian air infiltration and exfiltration levels.
It should be noted that, for a product to carry a label in Canada, it must meet all
of the applicable requirements of both the Harmonized Standard and the Canadian Supplement,
including the forced entry requirements.
Water Penetration Resistance For the various performance grades listed in the Harmonized Standard, the corresponding
water penetration resistance test pressures are a percentage of the design pressure.
For R class products, water penetration resistance test pressures are 15% of design
pressure. In Canada, driving rain wind pressures (DRWP) have been determined for the
locations listed in Appendix C of the Code. These are listed in the Canadian Supplement.
The DRWP given in the Canadian Supplement must be used for all products covered in
the scope of the Harmonized Standard when used in buildings within the scope of Part
9.
To achieve equivalent levels of water penetration resistance for all locations, the
Canadian Supplement includes a provision for calculating specified DRWP at the building
site considering building exposure. Specified DRWP values are, in some cases, greater
than 15% of design pressure and, in other cases, less than 15% of design pressure.
For a fenestration product to comply with the Code, it must be able to resist the
structural and water penetration loads at the building site. Reliance on a percentage
of design pressure for water penetration resistance in the selection of an acceptable
fenestration product will not always be adequate. Design pressure values are reported
on a secondary designator, which is required by the Canadian Supplement to be affixed
to the window.
As an alternative to the above noted provision in the Canadian Supplement for calculating
specified DRWP, the Water Resistance values listed in Table C-4 of Appendix C may be used.
Uniform Load Structural Test
The Harmonized Standard specifies that fenestration products be tested at 150% of
design pressure for wind (specified wind load) and that skylights and roof windows
be tested at 200% of design pressure for snow (specified snow load). With the change
in the NBC 2005 to a 1-in-50 return period for wind load, a factor of 1.4 rather than
1.5 is now applied for wind. The NBC has traditionally applied a factor of 1.5 rather
than 2.0 for snow. Incorporating these lower load factors into the Code requirements
for fenestration would better reflect acceptable minimum performance levels; however,
this has not been done in order to avoid adding complexity to the Code, to recognize
the benefits of Canada-US harmonization, and to recognize that differentiation of
products that meet the Canadian versus the US requirements would add complexity for
manufacturers, designers, specifiers and regulatory officials.
The required design pressure and Performance Grade (PG) rating of doors and windows
has been listed for each of the geographic locations found in the Code in Table C-4. These may be used as an alternative to the specified wind load calculations in the
Canadian Supplement.
Condensation Resistance
The Harmonized Standard identifies three test procedures that can be used to determine the condensation resistance of windows and doors. Only the physical test procedure
given in CSA A440.2, can be used to establish Temperature Index (I) values. Computer simulation tools can also be used to estimate the relative condensation resistance of windows, but
these methods employ different expressions of performance known as Condensation Resistance
Factors (CR). I and CR values are not interchangeable.Where removable multiple glazing panels (RMGP) are installed on the inside of a window,
care should be taken to hermetically seal the RMGP against the leakage of moisture-laden
air from the interior into the cavity on the exterior of the RMGP because the moisture
transported by the air could lead to significant condensation on the interior surface
of the outside glazing.
Basement Windows
Clause 8.4.2, Basement Windows, of the Harmonized Standard refers to products that
are intended to meet Code requirements for ventilation and emergency egress. The minimum
test size of 800 mm x 360 mm (total area of 0.288 m2) specified in the standard will not provide the minimum openable area required by
the Code for bedrooms (i.e. 0.35 m2 with no dimension less than 380 mm) and the means to provide minimum open area identified
in the standard is inconsistent with the requirements of the Code (see Subsection 9.9.10. for bedroom windows). The minimum test size specified in the standard will also not
provide the minimum ventilation area of 0.28 m2 required for non-heating-season natural ventilation (see Article 9.32.2.2.).
A-9.7.4.3.(2) Performance RequirementsIf the option of calculating design pressure performance grade and water resistance
values using the Canadian Supplement is chosen, the DRWP values in Table A.1 of that
standard must be used for all buildings within the scope of Part 9 of the BC Building Code. This requirement applies whether the windows, doors and skylights are designed to conform to Article 9.7.4.2. or to Part 5.
A-9.7.5.2.(1) Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights
There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or
sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced
entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and
unlock the door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased
resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated
glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering
under high, concentrated impact loads.
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)
Combined laminated/annealed glazing
Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater
thicknesses. Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1) shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This
method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were
laminated.
Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying
sidelights regulated by Article 9.6.1.3., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.
Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada have produced ULC-S332, “Burglary Resisting Glazing Material,” which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is
principally intended for plate glass show windows, it may be of value for
residential purposes.
A-9.7.5.2.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.7.5.2.(6) Door Fasteners
The
purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration
into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the
jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other
types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide
equal or greater protection.
A-9.7.5.2.(8) Hinged Doors
Methods
of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin
hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin
in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges. When the
door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding
screw hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge
pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.
A-9.7.5.3.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry
Although this Sentence only applies to windows
within 2 m of adjacent ground level, certain house and
site features, such as balconies or canopy roofs, allow for easy access
to windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to
specifying break-in resistant windows in such locations.
This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the
interior of the dwelling unit, such as windows to garages, sun rooms
or greenhouses, provided connections between these spaces and the
dwelling unit are secure.
One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows
to forced entry is the installation of metal “security bars.” However,
while many such installations are effective in increasing resistance
to forced entry, they may also reduce or eliminate the usefulness
of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency that prevents
use of the normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are
easily openable from the inside, their installation in some cases
would contravene the requirements of Article 9.9.10.1., which requires every bedroom that does not have an exterior door to
have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough to open
that it can be used as an exit in case of emergency. Thus an acceptable
security bar system should be easy to open from the inside while still
providing increased resistance to entry from the outside.
A-9.8.4. Step Dimensions
The Code distinguishes three principal types of stair treads and uses the
following terminology to describe them: rectangular treads are found in straight-run
flights; angled treads are found in curved flights; winders are a special type of
angled tread described in Appendix Note A-9.8.4.5. See Figure A-9.8.4.-A.
Figure A-9.8.4.-A
Types of treads
Articles 9.8.4.1. to 9.8.4.6. specify various dimensional limits for steps. Figure A-9.8.4.-B illustrates the elements of a step and how these are to be measured.
Figure A-9.8.4.-B
Elements of steps and their measurement
A-9.8.4.5. Winders
Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a
landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their
environment, winders are an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area
devoted to the stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight
run of steps. Nevertheless, care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as
possible. Experience has shown that 30° winders are the best compromise
and require the least change in the natural gait of the stair user; 45°
winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The Code permits only
these two angles. Although it is normal Code practice to specify upper and lower
limits, in this case it is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with
no
tolerance above or below these angles other than normal construction tolerances. One
result of this requirement is that winder-type turns in stairs are limited to 30°
or
45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders).
See Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Winders
A-9.8.4.6. Tread Projection and Leading Edge of Steps
A sloped or bevelled edge on nosings or leading
edges of steps will make the tread more visible through light modeling.
The sloped portion of the leading edge must not be too wide so as
to reduce the risk of slipping of the foot.
A-9.8.6.3.(1) Dimensions of Landings
Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1) illustrates various landing configurations.
Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1)
Landing configurations
A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the
beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such
as
at landings and winders.
The intent of the requirement in Sentence (1) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is that the handrail
be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. The required
handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel
post installed on the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)
For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement
in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous
from the bottom riser to the top riser of the flight. Once again, the required
handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel
post installed on this line. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit, the handrail may terminate at
landings.
In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail
should be configured so that it will in fact provide guidance and support to the
stair user throughout the turn through the winder.
Figure A-9.8.7.2.
Continuity of handrails at the top and bottom of stairs and flights
A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails
Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct
pedestrian travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend
so far into a hallway as to reduce the clear width of the hallway
to less than the required width. Where the stair terminates in a room
or other space, likely paths of travel through that room or space
should be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond
the end of the stair will not interfere with pedestrian travel. As
extensions of handrails beyond the first and last riser are not required
in dwelling units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally familiar with their surroundings, the design
of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.
Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will
not create a safety hazard to blind or visually impaired persons,
children whose heads may be at the same height as the end of the rail,
or persons wearing loose clothing or carrying items that might catch
on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential hazards
is returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within
dwelling units, where occupants are generally familiar with their
surroundings, returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post may
not be necessary. For example, where the handrail is fastened to a
wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or other space,
a reasonable degree of safety is assumed to be provided; other alternatives
may provide an equivalent level of protection.
A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions
As noted in Appendix Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important
at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes
in direction. The extended handrail provides guidance and allows users
to steady themselves upon entering or leaving a ramp or flight of
stairs. Such extensions are particularly useful to visually-impaired
persons, and persons with physical disabilities or who are encumbered
in their use of the stairs or ramp.
A-9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails
Figure A-9.8.7.4.
Measuring handrail heightA-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections
Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users. To fulfil
this intent, handrails must be “graspable.” Acceptable handrail sections include,
but are not limited to, those shown below.
Figure A-9.8.7.5.(2)
Handrail sections
A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails
Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the stair
user and to arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be
considerable. The attachment of handrails serving a single dwelling
unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.
A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards
The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the premise
that, wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more
between two floors, or between a floor or other surface to which access is provided
for other than maintenance purposes and the next lower surface, the risk of injury
in a fall from the higher surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some
kind of barrier to reduce the chances of such a fall. A wall along the edge of the
higher surface will obviously prevent such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently
strong that a person cannot fall through it. Where there is no wall, a guard must
be
installed. Because guards clearly provide less protection than walls, additional
requirements apply to guards to ensure that a minimum level of protection is
provided. These relate to the characteristics described in A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2), A-9.8.8.5.(3) and A-9.8.8.6.(2).
Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600
mm and consequently where guards would be required include, but are not
limited to, landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, and raised
walkways. Especially in exterior settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces,
stairs or ramps often are not parallel to the walking surface or the surface of the
treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking surface, stair or ramp may need
protection in some locations but not in others. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances, grades are artificially raised close to walking surfaces, stairs
or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides little or no protection for the
users. That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only
immediately adjacent to the construction but also for a distance of 1 200
mm from it by requiring that the slope of the ground be within certain
limits. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)
Figure A-9.8.8.1.
Required locations of guards
A-9.8.8.1.(5) Height of Window Sills above Floors or Ground
The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small
children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases,
the requirement applies only to dwelling units and generally those located on the
second floor or higher of residential or mixed use buildings where the windows are
essentially free-swinging or free-sliding.
Free-swinging or free-sliding means that a window that has been cracked open can
be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the window. Care must
be
taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be
opened further by simply pushing on the window.
Casement windows with crank operators would be considered to conform to Clause (5)(b). To provide additional safety, where slightly older children are involved, occupants can easily remove the
crank handles from these windows. Awning windows with scissor hardware, however, may
not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would
be
affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the
window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which
do
not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used to limit the openable
area of the window.
The 100 mm opening limit is consistent with widths of openings that
small children can fall through. It is only invoked, however, where the other
dimension of the opening is more than 380 mm. Again, care must be taken
in selecting a window. At some position, scissor hardware on an awning window may
break up the open area such that there is no unobstructed opening with dimensions
greater than 380 mm and 100 mm. At another position,
however, though the window is not open much more, the hardware may not adequately
break up the opening. The 450 mm height off the floor recognizes that
furniture is often placed under windows and small children are often good
climbers.
A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards
Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons from
falling under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior
stairs serving one or two dwelling units have demonstrated acceptable performance
over time. The loading described in the first row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples
of
guard construction presented in the “2006 Building Code Compendium, Volume 2,
Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings” meet the
criteria set in the National Building Code for loads on guards, including the more
stringent requirements of Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (2).
The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more
than two dwelling units, is to be imposed over an area of the guard such that, where
standard balusters are used and installed at the maximum 100 mm spacing permitted
for required guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters
are wider, only two may be engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the
guard is not required, and balusters are installed more than 100 mm apart, fewer
balusters may be required to carry the imposed load.
A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights
Guard
heights are generally based on the waist heights of average persons.
Generally, lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the
occupants become familiar with the potential hazards, and situations
which lead to pushing and jostling under crowded conditions are less
likely to arise.
A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2) Risk of Falling through Guards
The risk of falling through a guard is especially
prevalent for children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for
guards in all buildings except industrial buildings, where children
are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.5.(3) Risk of Children Getting Their Head Stuck between Balusters
The requirements to prevent children falling through guards also serve to provide
adequate protection against this problem. However, guards are often installed where
they are not required by the Code; i.e., in places where the difference in elevation
is less than 600 mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the
openings between balusters to be less than 100 mm. However, there is a
range of openings between 100 mm and 200 mm in which
children can get their head stuck. Therefore, openings in this range are not
permitted except in buildings of industrial occupancy, where children are unlikely
to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.6.(2) Horizontal and Vertical Clearances in Guards so as to not Facilitate Climbing
Compliance with Sentence 9.8.8.6.(1) can be achieved by satisfying one of the Clauses in Sentence 9.8.8.6.(2).
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(a) allows guards with protrusions that are greater than 450 mm apart horizontally and
vertically as the distance between the protrusions will be great enough to reduce
the likelihood that young children will be able to get a handhold or toehold on the
protrusions and climb the guard.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-A
Example of minimum horizontal and vertical clearances between protrusions in
guards as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(a)
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(b) allows guards with protrusions that present a horizontal offset of 15 mm or less because
insufficient foot purchase is provided to facilitate climbing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-B
Examples of maximum horizontal offset of protrusions in guards as described in
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(b)
A guard that complies with Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(c) is deemed to not facilitate climbing because the spaces created by the protruding elements are too small to provide a toehold.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-C
Example of a guard with spaces created by the protruding elements that are not
more than 45 mm wide and 20 mm high as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(c)
A guard with protrusions that comply with Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(d) is deemed to not facilitate climbing because the slope of the protruding elements is considered too steep to provide adequate footing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-D
Example of guard protrusions with a slope greater than 2 in 1 as described in
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(d)
A-9.9.4.5.(1) Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)
Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits
A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits
Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas
have more than one exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit
is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, one or more other exits
will be available to permit the occupants to escape. However, if the
exits are close together, all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible
by the same fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1) therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other. This
is not a problem in many buildings falling under Part 9. For instance,
apartment buildings usually have exits located at either end of long
corridors. However, in other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and
college residence buildings) this is often difficult to accomplish
and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the word “remote.” Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific, generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the diagonal dimension of the floor area
or at least 9 m. However, it is felt that such criteria
would be too restrictive to impose on the design of all the smaller
buildings which come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should
be placed as far apart as possible and the Part 3 criteria should be used as a target. Designs in which the exits are so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated
in the event of a fire are not acceptable.
A-9.9.10.1.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms
Sentence 9.9.10.1.(1) generally requires every bedroom in an unsprinklered suite to have at least one window or door opening to the
outside that is large enough and easy enough to open so that it can be used as an
exit in the event that a fire prevents use of the building’s normal exits. The
minimum unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be achievable using
only the normal window operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor
open onto another room, floor or space.
Where a bedroom is located in an unsprinklered suite in a basement, an escape
window or door must be located in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on
egress through other basement space to another escape window or door.
Window Height
The Article does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore
possible to install a window or skylight that satisfies the requirements of the
Article but defeats the Article’s intent by virtue of being so high that it cannot
be reached for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended
for use as emergency exits be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor.
However, it is sometimes difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights and
windows in basement bedrooms for example. In these cases, it is recommended that
access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed
below the window.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(1)
Built-in furniture to improve access to a window
A-9.9.10.1.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions
Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are
380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380
mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2))
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2)
Window opening areas and dimensions
A-9.9.10.1.(3) Window Opening into a Window WellSentence 9.9.10.1.(3) specifies that there must be a minimum clearance of 760 mm in front of designated escape windows
to allow persons to escape a basement bedroom in an emergency. This specified
minimum clearance is consistent with the minimum required width for means of egress
from a floor area (see Article 9.9.5.5.) and the minimum required width for path of travel on exit stairs (see Article 9.9.6.1.). It is considered the smallest acceptable clearance between the escape window and the
facing wall of the window well that can accommodate persons trying to escape a
bedroom in an emergency given that they are not moving straight through the window
but must move outward and up, and must have sufficient space to change body
orientation.
Once this clearance is provided, no additional clearance is needed for windows
with sliders, casements, or inward-opening awnings. However, for windows with
outward-opening awnings, additional clearance is needed to provide the required
760 mm beyond the outer edge of the sash. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
Depending on the likelihood of snow accumulation in the window well, it could be
difficult — if not impossible — to escape in an emergency. The window well should
be
designed to provide sufficient clear space for a person to get out the window and
then out the well, taking into account potential snow accumulation.
Hopper windows (bottom-hinged operators) should not be used as escape windows in
cases where the occupants would be required to climb over the glass.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3)
Windows providing a means of escape that open into a window well
A-9.10.1.4.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment
Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, “Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” which in turn references “Commercial Cooking Equipment.” However, the deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for production of grease-laden vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA 96 does not apply to domestic equipment for normal residential family use, it should apply to domestic equipment used in commercial, industrial, institutional and similar
cooking applications where the potential for the production of smoke and grease-laden
vapours exceeds that for normal residential family use.
A-9.10.3.1. Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies
The following tables may be used to select building assemblies for compliance with
Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.2.
Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B have been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed were tested, the fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for
others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation of information from tests of similar
assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire performance of
an assembly, the fire-resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used
minimum ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including a designation of “< 30 min” for
assemblies that are known not to meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was
not enough comparative information on an assembly to assign to it a rating with confidence,
its value in the tables has been left blank (hyphen), indicating that its rating remains
to be assessed through another means. Future work is planned to develop much
of this additional information.
These tables are provided only for the convenience of Code users and do not limit
the number of assemblies permitted to those in the tables. Assemblies not listed or
not given a rating in these tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and
sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on
the basis of test methods referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B are described through their generic descriptions and variants and include details given in the notes to the tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that
meet required fire ratings.
Table A-9.10.3.1.B presents fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for floor, ceiling and roof assemblies. The fire-resistance ratings are appropriate for all assemblies conforming to the construction
specifications given in Table A-9.10.3.1.B, including applicable table notes. Acoustical ratings for assemblies decrease with decreasing depth and decreasing separation of the structural members; the values listed
for sound transmission class and impact insulation class are suitable for the minimum
depth of structural members identified in the description, including applicable table
notes, and for structural member spacing of 305 mm o.c., unless other values are explicitly listed for the assembly. Adjustments to the acoustical
ratings to allow for the benefit of deeper or more
widely spaced structural members are given in Table Notes (8) and (9).| Table A-9.10.3.1.A Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.10.3.1. | |||||
| Type of Wall | Wall Number | Description |
Fire-Resistance Rating(1) | ||
| Loadbearing | Non-Loadbearing | ||||
| • Wood Studs |
W1 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
||
| • Single Row | W1a | W1 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 36 |
| • Loadbearing or Non- Loadbearing |
W1b | W1 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
45 min |
34 |
| W1c | W1 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 30 min |
30 min |
32 | |
| W1d | W1 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 32 | |
| W1e | W1 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 45 min | 32 | |
|
W2 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| W2a | W2 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 38 | |
| W2b | W2 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 38 | |
| W2c | W2 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 36 | |
| W2d | W2 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 36 | |
| W2e | W2 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 35 | |
| W2f | W2 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 34 | |
|
W3 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| W3a | W3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 45 | |
| W3b | W3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 48 | |
| W3c | W3 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 45 min | 43 | |
|
W4 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |  |
|||
| W4a | W4 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
51 | |
| W4b | W4 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
54 | |
| W4c | W4 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
1 h | 49 | |
| W4d | W4 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
1 h | 53 | |
|
W5 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |  |
|||
| W5a | W5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 51 | |
| W5b | W5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 54 | |
| W5c | W5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 49 | |
| W5d | W5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 53 | |
|
W6 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| W6a | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 55 | |
| W6b | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 58 | |
| W6c | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 53 | |
| W6d | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 1.5 h | 55 | |
| W6e | W6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 55 | |
| W6f | W6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 58 | |
| W6g | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 50 | |
| W6h | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 52 | |
| W6i | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 47 | |
| W6j | W6 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 46 | |
| • Wood Studs • Two Rows Staggered on 38 mm × 140 mm Plate |
W7 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
||
| • Loadbearing or Non- Loadbearing |
W7a | W7 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 47 |
| W7b | W7 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
45 min |
45 | |
| W7c | W7 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 30 min |
30 min |
42 | |
|
W8 |
• Two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 2 layers of gypsum board on one side • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |  |
|||
| W8a | W8 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 52 | |
| W8b | W8 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 50 | |
|
W9 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| W9a | W9 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 56 | |
| W9b | W9 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 55 | |
| W9c | W9 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 53 | |
| W9d | W9 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 48 | |
|
W10 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| W10a | W10 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 62 | |
| W10b | W10 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 60 | |
| W10c | W10 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 50 | |
| W10d | W10 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 48 | |
|
W11 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel side • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |  |
|||
| W11a | W11 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 56 | |
| W11b | W11 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
1 h | 54 | |
|
W12 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4) • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |  |
|||
| W12a | W12 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 56 | |
| W12b | W12 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 54 | |
| • Wood Studs • Two Rows on Separate Plates |
W13 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
||
| • Loadbearing or Non- Loadbearing |
W13a | W13 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 57 |
| W13b | W13 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) |
45 min |
45 min |
57 | |
| W13c | W13 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 54 | |
| W13d | W13 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 45 min | 53 | |
| W13e | W13 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 45 | |
| W13f | W13 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 45 min | 45 | |
|
W14 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on one side • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| W14a | W14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
61 | |
| W14b | W14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 61 | |
| W14c | W14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 57 | |
| W14d | W14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 57 | |
| W14e | W14 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1 h | 51 | |
| W14f | W14 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 51 | |
|
W15 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| W15a | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 66 | |
| W15b | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 65 | |
| W15c | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 61 | |
| W15d | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 62 | |
| W15e | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 60 | |
| W15f | W15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 57 | |
| W15g | W15 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 2 h | 56 | |
| W15h | W15 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | 1.5 h | 55 | |
| W15i | W15 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min | 1 h | 51 | |
| • Exterior Wood Studs • Single Row |
EW1 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) • 1 or 2 layers of gypsum board on inside • exterior sheathing and siding |  |
||
| • Loadbearing and Non- Loadbearing |
EW1a | EW1 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9) | 1 h | 1 h | n/a |
| EW1b | EW1 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9) | 45 min | 45 min | n/a | |
| EW1c | EW1 with • 2 layers of 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(9) | 45 min | 45 min | n/a | |
| • Non-Loadbearing Steel Studs |
S1 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
||
| • 0.46 mm (25 Gauge) | S1a | S1 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
45 min |
43 |
| S1b | S1 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
45 min |
39 | |
| S1c | S1 with • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material •15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 45 min | 35 | |
|
S2 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| S2a | S2 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 50 | |
| S2b | S2 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 44 | |
| S2c | S2 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 50 | |
| S2d | S2 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 42 | |
| S2e | S2 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 41 | |
| S2f | S2 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 37 | |
| S2g | S2 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 40 | |
| S2h | S2 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 35 | |
|
S3 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S3a | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 54 | |
| S3b | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 51 | |
| S3c | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 53 | |
| S3d | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 47 | |
| S3e | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 49 | |
| S3f | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 65 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 41 | |
| S3g | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 45 | |
| S3h | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 42 | |
| S3i | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 44 | |
| S3j | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 39 | |
| S3k | S3 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 40 | |
| S3l | S3 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 37 | |
|
S4 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S4a | S4 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
45 min |
48 | |
| S4b | S4 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
45 min |
47 | |
| S4c | S4 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 45 min | 38 | |
| S4d | S4 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 45 min | 38 | |
|
S5 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| S5a | S5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
53 | |
| S5b | S5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
52 | |
| S5c | S5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
51 | |
| S5d | S5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
50 | |
| S5e | S5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material •15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 43 | |
| S5f | S5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 42 | |
| S5g | S5 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 41 | |
| S5h | S5 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 40 | |
|
S6 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S6a | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 56 | |
| S6b | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 55 | |
| S6c | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 55 | |
| S6d | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 54 | |
| S6e | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 50 | |
| S6f | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 48 | |
| S6g | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 47 | |
| S6h | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 45 | |
| S6i | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 45 | |
| S6j | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 44 | |
| S6k | S6 with • studs spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 41 | |
| S6l | S6 with • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 39 | |
|
S7 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S7a | S7 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
45 min |
51 | |
| S7b | S7 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 45 min | 41 | |
|
S8 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| S8a | S8 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
55 | |
| S8b | S8 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – |
1 h |
54 | |
| S8c | S8 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 45 | |
| S8d | S8 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 44 | |
|
S9 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S9a | S9 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 59 | |
| S9b | S9 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 57 | |
| S9c | S9 with • 150 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 53 | |
| S9d | S9 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 2 h | 49 | |
| S9e | S9 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | 1.5 h | 47 | |
| S9f | S9 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | 1 h | 43 | |
| • Loadbearing Steel Studs• 0.84 mm to 1.52 mm Thickness |
S10 |
• 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• with or without cross-bracing on one side • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers gypsum board on each side |  |
||
| S10a | S10 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 38 | |
| S10b | S10 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min [1 h] | – | 38 | |
| S10c | S10 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | – | 36 | |
| S10d | S10 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 36 | |
| S10e | S10 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 35 | |
| S10f | S10 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | – | 34 | |
|
|
• 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without cross-bracing on one side • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S11a | S11 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 50 | |
| S11b | S11 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 47 | |
| S11c | S11 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 41 | |
| S11d | S11 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 47 | |
| S11e | S11 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 45 | |
| S11f | S11 with • no absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 39 | |
| S11g | S11 with • no absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 36 | |
| S11h | S11 with • no absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 38 | |
|
S12 |
• 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without cross-bracing on one side • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side • 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side • 1 layer gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| S12a | S12 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 54 | |
| S12b | S12 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 46 | |
| S12c | S12 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 52 | |
| S12d | S12 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 43 | |
| S12e | S12 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 52 | |
| S12f | S12 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 43 | |
| S12g | S12 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 50 | |
| S12h | S12 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | – | – | 41 | |
S13 | • 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side • 1 layer shear membrane and 1 layer gypsum board on other side |
 |
|||
| S13a | S13 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • 12.7 mm OSB shear membrane • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 30 min | – | 57 | |
|
|
• 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • resilient metal channels on one side • 2 layers gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| S14a | S14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 60 | |
| S14b | S14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min [1 h] |
– | 57 | |
| S14c | S14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material(4) • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | – | 54 | |
| S14d | S14 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 51 | |
| S14e | S14 with • studs at 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 49 | |
| S14f | S14 with • studs at 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 50 | |
| S14g | S14 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | – | – | 45 | |
| S14h | S14 with • studs at 400 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 58 | |
| S14i | S14 with • studs at 600 mm o.c. • 89 mm thick absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 60 | |
| S14j | S14 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min [1 h] |
– | 55 | |
| S14k | S14 with • studs at 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 49 | |
| S14l | S14 with • studs at 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 51 | |
| S14m | S14 with • no absorptive material • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 47 | |
|
|
• 2 rows of 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with cross-bracing • with or without absorptive material • 2 layers of gypsum board each side |
 |
|||
| S15a | S15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 68 | |
| S15b | S15 with • no absorptive material • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 52 | |
| S15c | S15 with • 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h | – | 68 | |
| S15d | S15 with • no absorptive material • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | – | 52 | |
| • Hollow Concrete Block (Normal Weight Aggregate) |
B1 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block |  |
||
| B1a | • 140 mm bare concrete block(3) | 1 h | 1 h | 48 | |
| B1b | • 190 mm bare concrete block(3) | 1.5 h | 1.5 h | 50 | |
|
B2 |
•140 mm or 190 mm concrete block • no absorptive material • 1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| B2a | B2 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster |
2 h | 2 h | 50 | |
| B2b | B2 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 47 | |
| B2c | B2 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h | 1.5 h | 46 | |
| B2d | B2 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster |
2.5 h | 2.5 h | 51 | |
| B2e | B2 with • 190 mm concrete block • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 50 | |
| B2f | B2 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 49 | |
| B2g | B2 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 48 | |
|
B3 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4) • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| B3a | B3 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 51 | |
| B3b | B3 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h | 1.5 h | 48 | |
| B3c | B3 with • 190 mm concrete block • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 54 | |
| B3d | B3 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 53 | |
| B3e | B3 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 51 | |
|
B4 |
•140 mm or 190 mm concrete block • resilient metal channels on each side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| B4a | B4 with • 140 mm concrete block •12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5), or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 47 | |
| B4b | B4 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h | 1.5 h | 42 | |
| B4c | B4 with • 190 mm concrete block • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 50 | |
| B4d | B4 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 49 | |
| B4e | B4 with •190 mm concrete block •12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 45 | |
|
B5 |
• 190 mm concrete block • 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
|||
| B5a | B5 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 54 | |
| B5b | B5 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 53 | |
| B5c | B5 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 51 | |
|
B6 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block • 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material filling strapping space on each side(4) • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| B6a | B6 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 57 | |
| B6b | B6 with • 140 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h | 1.5 h |
56 |
|
| B6c | B6 with • 190 mm concrete block • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 60 | |
| B6d | B6 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 59 | |
| B6e | B6 with • 190 mm concrete block • 12.7 regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h |
57 |
|
|
B7 |
• 190 mm concrete block • 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4) • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| B7a | B7 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 71 | |
| B7b | B7 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 70 | |
| B7c | B7 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 69 | |
|
B8 |
• 190 mm concrete block • 38 mm x 64 mm wood studs on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4) • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| B8a | B8 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 71 | |
| B8b | B8 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 70 | |
| B8c | B8 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 69 | |
|
B9 |
• 190 mm concrete block • 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. (or 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping plus resilient metal channels) • absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each side(4) • 1 layer gypsum board on each side |  |
|||
| B9a | B9 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 65 | |
| B9b | B9 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 64 | |
| B9c | B9 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h | 2 h | 63 | |
|
B10 |
• 190 mm concrete block • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4) • 2 layers gypsum board on one side only |  |
|||
| B10a | B10 with • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h | 3 h | 56 | |
| B10b | B10 with • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h | 2.5 h | 55 | |
| B10c | B10 with • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 2 h | 2 h | 54 | |
| Notes to Table A-9.10.3.1.A: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | Fire-resistance and STC ratings of wood-frame construction were evaluated only for
constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm x 89 mm lumber. However, the fire-resistance and STC ratings provided for 38 mm x 89 mm wood-frame construction may be applied to wood-frame constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm x 140 mm lumber; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm x 140 mm framing is used and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick. (See D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.) The STC ratings may also be applied to fingerjoined lumber. The fire-resistance ratings are applicable to constructions using fingerjoined lumber that has been manufactured
with a heat-resistant adhesive (HRA) in accordance with NLGA special product standard
SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” or SPS-3, “Fingerjoined 'Vertical Stud Use Only' Lumber.” (See also A-9.23.10.4.(1).) |
| (2) | Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation details required by CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.” Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing of fasteners and supporting framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require acoustical sealant applied around electrical boxes and other openings, and at the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid brick. |
| (3) | Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section 9.29. to prevent sound leakage. |
| (4) | Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavity thickness for the wall to have the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is in batt form, “steel stud batts,” which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of the adjacent stud, must be used. |
| (5) | The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:
|
| (6) | Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating is mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and completely filling the wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides. |
| (7) | Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported. |
| (8) | Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of studs or in the row of studs opposite to that to which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is not available. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing. |
| (9) | For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only. The gypsum board on the exterior side may be replaced with gypsum sheathing of the same thickness and type (regular or Type X). |
| Table A-9.10.3.1.B Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.10.3.1. | |||||
| Type of Assembly | Assembly Number | ||||
| Floors and Ceilings | |||||
| Concrete Slabs |
F1 |
• concrete floors |  |
||
| F1a | • 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel | 1 h | 47 | 23 | |
| F1b | • 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel | 2 h | 52 | 27 | |
| F1c | • pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel | 1 h | 50 | 28 | |
| F1d | • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh | – | 51 | 21 | |
| F1e | • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh • resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1.5 h | 57 | 36 | |
| Open Web Steel Joists |
F2 |
• open web steel joists with concrete floor |  |
||
| F2a | • 50 mm thick concrete deck • on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists • 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side |
45 min | 53 | 27 | |
| F2b | • 65 mm regular concrete minimum 155 kg/m2 • on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm o.c. • furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists • 1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side |
1.5 h | 53 | 28 | |
|
Wood Floor Joists(11) |
F3 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
||
| F3a | F3 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 29 | 27 | |
| F3b | F3 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 31 | 30 | |
| F3c | F3 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 27 | 26 | |
| F3d | F3 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 29 | 29 | |
| F3e | F3 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 27 | 25 | |
| F3f | F3 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 29 | 28 | |
|
F4(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F4a | F4 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 33 | 31 | |
| F4b | F4 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 34 | 31 | |
| F4c | F4 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 35 | 34 | |
| F4d | F4 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 38 | 34 | |
| F4e | F4 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 32 | 30 | |
| F4f | F4 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 33 | 30 | |
| F4g | F4 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 34 | 33 | |
| F4h | F4 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 35 | 33 | |
| F4i | F4 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 31 | 30 | |
| F4j | F4 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 33 | 33 | |
|
F5(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F5a | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum | 30 min | 35 | 37 | |
| F5b | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 37 | 30 | |
| F5c | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
38 | 30 | |
| F5d | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
40 | 33 | |
| F5e | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 33 | 26 | |
| F5f | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 35 | 29 | |
| F5g | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
36 | 29 | |
| F5h | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
38 | 32 | |
| F5i | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | < 30 min | 33 | 25 | |
| F5j | F5 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | < 30 min | 35 | 28 | |
| F5k | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | < 30 min | 36 | 28 | |
| F5l | F5 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | < 30 min | 38 | 33 | |
|
F6(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F6a(15) | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad | 1 h | 39 | 32 | |
| F6b(15) | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 41 | 32 | |
| F6c(15) | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 42 | 35 | |
| F6d(15) | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 44 | 37 | |
| F6e(15) | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 38 | 30 | |
| F6f(15) | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 40 | 33 | |
| F6g(15) | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 41 | 33 | |
| F6h(15) | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](16) | 43 | 36 | |
| F6i | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 37 | 30 | |
| F6j | F6 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 39 | 33 | |
| F6k | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 40 | 33 | |
| F6l | F6 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 42 | 36 | |
|
F7(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through gypsum board • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels |  |
|||
| F7a(15) | F7 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 35 | 27 | |
| F7b(15) | F7 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 37 | 30 | |
| F7c(15) | F7 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 35 | 27 | |
| F7d(15) | F7 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 37 | 30 | |
| F7e | F7 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 32 | 26 | |
| F7f | F7 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 35 | 28 | |
|
F8(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F8a | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 41 | 33 | |
| F8b | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 43 | 36 | |
| F8c | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
48 |
41 | |
| F8d | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 50 | 44 | |
| F8e | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 39 | 32 | |
| F8f | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 41 | 35 | |
| F8g | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
46 | 40 | |
| F8h | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
48 | 43 | |
| F8i | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 41 | 31 | |
| F8j | F8 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 41 | 34 | |
| F8k | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 46 | 39 | |
| F8l | F8 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 48 | 42 | |
|
F9(12) |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F9a(15) | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 45 | 38 | |
| F9b(15) | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 47 | 40 | |
| F9c(15) | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 52 [54](17) | 46 | |
| F9d(15) | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 54 [56](17) | 48 | |
| F9e(15) | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 44 | 36 | |
| F9f(15) | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 46 | 39 | |
| F9g(15) | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 51 [53](17) | 44 | |
| F9h(15) | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 53 | 47 | |
| F9i | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 43 | 36 | |
| F9j | F9 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 39 | |
| F9k | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 50 | 44 | |
| F9l | F9 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 52 | 47 | |
|
F10(12) |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F10a | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 44 | 34 | |
| F10b | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 46 | 37 | |
| F10c | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
51 | 42 | |
| F10d | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min [45 min](14) | 53 | 45 | |
| F10e | F10 with • wood joists spaced at 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 53(18) | 44 | |
| F10f(19) | F10 with • wood I-joists spaced at 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 52(18) | 43 | |
| F10g | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 42 | 33 | |
| F10h | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 44 | 36 | |
| F10i | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min [45 min](16) | 49 | 41 | |
| F10j | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min [45 min](14) | 51 | 44 | |
| F10k | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 42 | 33 | |
| F10l | F10 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 35 | |
| F10m | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– |
|
41 | |
| F10n | F10 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– |
|
43 | |
|
F11(12) |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F11a(15) | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 48 | 39 | |
| F11b(15) | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 50 | 42 | |
| F11c(15) | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h[1.5 h](17) | 55 [56](17) | 47 | |
| F11d(15) | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h[1.5 h](17) | 57 [58](17) | 50 | |
| F11e(15) | F11 with • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1.5 h(20) | 56(20) | 47 | |
| F11f(19) | F11 with• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1.5 h(20) | 56(20) | 46 | |
| F11g(15) | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 47 | 38 | |
| F11h(15) | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 49 | 40 | |
| F11i(15) | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 54 [55](17) | 46 | |
| F11j(15) | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 56 | 48 | |
| F11k | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 46 | 37 | |
| F11l | F11 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 40 | |
| F11m | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 45 | |
| F11n | F11 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 48 | |
|
F12(12) |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F12a | F12 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 13 | |
| F12b | F12 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 16 | |
| F12c | F12 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 39 | 12 | |
| F12d | F12 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 15 | |
| F12e | F12 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 39 | 12 | |
| F12f | F12 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 41 | 15 | |
|
F13(12) |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F13a | F13 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 43 | 16 | |
| F13b | F13 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 45 | 16 | |
| F13c | F13 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 45 | 19 | |
| F13d | F13 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 47 | 19 | |
| F13e | F13 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 42 | 15 | |
| F13f | F13 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 44 | 15 | |
| F13g | F13 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 44 | 18 | |
| F13h | F13 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 46 | 18 | |
| F13i | F13 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 41 | 14 | |
| F13j | F13 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 14 | |
|
F14(12) |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F14a | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 22 | |
| F14b | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 55 | 22 | |
| F14c | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
60 | 30 | |
| F14d | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 62 | 30 | |
| F14e | F14 with • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 60(18) | 31 | |
| F14f(19) | F14 with • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 61(18) | 31 | |
| F14g | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 51 | 21 | |
| F14h | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 21 | |
| F14i | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 58 | 29 | |
| F14j | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 60 | 29 | |
| F14k | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 21 | |
| F14l | F14 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 21 | |
| F14m | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 58 | 29 | |
| F14n | F14 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 60 | 29 | |
|
F15(12) |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F15a(15) | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h(21) |
57 | 25 | |
| F15b(15) | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 59 | 25 | |
| F15c(15) | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 64 [65](17) | 33 | |
| F15d(15) | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 66 [67](17) | 33 | |
| F15e(15) | F15 with • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1.5 h(20) | 65(20) | 33 | |
| F15f(19) | F15 with • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1.5 h(20) | 64(20) | 33 | |
| F15g(15) | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h |
56 | 24 | |
| F15h(15) | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 58 | 24 | |
| F15i(15) | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 63 [64](17) | 32 | |
| F15j(15) | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 65 | 32 | |
| F15k | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 23 | |
| F15l | F15 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 57 | 23 | |
| F15m | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 62 | 31 | |
| F15n | F15 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 64 | 31 | |
|
F16(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F16a | F 16 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 22 | |
| F16b | F16 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 25 | |
| F16c | F16 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 21 | |
| F16d | F16 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 24 | |
| F16e | F16 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 42 | 21 | |
| F16f | F16 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 24 | |
|
F17(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F17a | F17 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 48 | 24 | |
| F17b | F17 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 51 | 24 | |
| F17c | F17 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 48 | 27 | |
| F17d | F17 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 51 | 27 | |
| F17e | F17 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 47 | 23 | |
| F17f | F17 with • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 48 | 23 | |
| F17g | F17 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min |
49 |
26 | |
| F17h | F17 with• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 50 | 26 | |
| F17i | F17 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 47 | 23 | |
| F17j | F17 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 49 | 26 | |
|
F18(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F18a | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 25 | |
| F18b | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 25 | |
| F18c | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 28 | |
| F18d | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 55 | 28 | |
| F18e | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 49 | 24 | |
| F18f | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 51 | 24 | |
| F18g | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 27 | |
| F18h | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 54 | 27 | |
| F18i | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 24 | |
| F18j | F18 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 50 | 24 | |
| F18k | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 27 | |
| F18l | F18 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 27 | |
|
F19(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F19a(15) | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 54 | 27 | |
| F19b(15) | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 56 | 27 | |
| F19c(15) | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 57 | 30 | |
| F19d(15) | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 59 | 30 | |
| F19e(15) | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 53 | 26 | |
| F19f(15) | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 55 | 26 | |
| F19g(15) | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 56 | 29 | |
| F19h(15) | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 58 | 29 | |
| F19i | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 26 | |
| F19j | F19 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 26 | |
| F19k | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 56 | 29 | |
| F19l | F19 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 58 | 29 | |
|
F20(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F20a | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min(21) |
56 | 31 | |
| F20b | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 58 | 31 | |
| F20c | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
63 | 39 | ||
| F20d | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 65 | 39 | |
| F20e | F20 with • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 64(18) | 40 | |
| F20f(19) | F20 with • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h(18) | 65(18) | 40 | |
| F20g | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 55 | 30 | |
| F20h | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 57 | 30 | |
| F20i | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 62 | 38 | |
| F20j | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 64 | 38 | |
| F20k | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 54 | 30 | |
| F20l | F20 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 56 | 30 | |
| F20m | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 38 | |
| F20n | F20 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 63 | 38 | |
|
F21(12) |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F21a(15) | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 60 | 33 | |
| F21b(15) | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 33 | |
| F21c(15) | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 67 [68](17) | 41 [42](17) | |
| F21d(15) | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 69 [70](17) | 41 [42](17) | |
| F21e(15) | F21 with • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | [1.5 h](20) | 68(20) | 42 | |
| F21f(19) | F21 with • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | [1.5 h](20) | 68(20) | 42 | |
| F21g(15) | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 59 | 32 | |
| F21h(15) | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 61 | 32 | |
| F21i(15) | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](17) | 66 [67](17) | 40 | |
| F21j(15) | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 68 | 40 | |
| F21k | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 59 | 32 | |
| F21l | F21 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 32 | |
| F21m | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 66 | 40 | |
| F21n | F21 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 68 | 40 | |
|
Wood Floor Trusses(22) |
F22 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
||
| F22a | F22 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 29 | 27 | |
| F22b | F22 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 31 | 30 | |
| F22c | F22 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 28 | 26 | |
| F22d | F22 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 30 | 29 | |
| F22e | F22 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 27 | 25 | |
| F22f | F22 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 31 | 28 | |
|
F23 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F23a | F23 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 34 | 31 | |
| F23b | F23 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 35 | 31 | |
| F23c | F23 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 36 | 34 | |
| F23d | F23 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 37 | 34 | |
| F23e | F23 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 32 | 30 | |
| F23f | F23 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 33 | 30 | |
| F23g | F23 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 34 | 33 | |
| F23h | F23 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 32 | 30 | |
| F23i | F23 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 34 | 33 | |
|
F24 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F24a | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 35 | 27 | |
| F24b | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 37 | 30 | |
| F24c | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 38 | 30 | |
| F24d | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 40 | 33 | |
| F24e | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 33 | 26 | |
| F24f | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 36 | 29 | |
| F24g | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 37 | 29 | |
| F24h | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 39 | 32 | |
| F24i | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 33 | 25 | |
| F24j | F24 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 35 | 28 | |
| F24k | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 36 | 28 | |
| F24l | F24 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 38 | 31 | |
|
F25 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F25a | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 40 | 32 | |
| F25b | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 42 | 34 | |
| F25c | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 43 | 35 | |
| F25d | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 45 | 37 | |
| F25e | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 38 | 30 | |
| F25f | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 40 | 33 | |
| F25g | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 41 | 33 | |
| F25h | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 43 | 36 | |
| F25i | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 38 | 30 | |
| F25j | F25 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 40 | 33 | |
| F25k | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 41 | 33 | |
| F25l | F25 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board | – | 43 | 36 | |
|
F26 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses on ceiling side • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the gypsum board • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels |  |
|||
| F26a | F26 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 35 | 27 | |
| F26b | F26 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 37 | 30 | |
| F26c | F26 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 35 | 27 | |
| F26d | F26 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 37 | 30 | |
| F26e | F26 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 32 | 26 | |
| F26f | F26 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 35 | 28 | |
|
F27 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F27a | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 33 | |
| F27b | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 36 | |
| F27c | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
48 |
41 | |
| F27d | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 44 | |
| F27e | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 40 | 32 | |
| F27f | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 42 | 35 | |
| F27g | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 47 | 40 | |
| F27h | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– |
49 |
43 | |
| F27i | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 39 | 31 | |
| F27j | F27 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 41 | 34 | |
| F27k | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 46 | 39 | |
| F27l | F27 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 42 | |
|
F28 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F28a | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 46 | 38 | |
| F28b | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 48 | 40 | |
| F28c | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 54 | 46 | |
| F28d | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 55 | 48 | |
| F28e | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 44 | 36 | |
| F28f | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 46 | 39 | |
| F28g | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 51 | 44 | |
| F28h | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 53 | 47 | |
| F28i | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 36 | |
| F28j | F28 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 46 | 39 | |
| F28k | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 44 | |
| F28l | F28 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 47 | |
|
F29 |
• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F29a | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 35 | |
| F29b | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 37 | |
| F29c | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
51 | 43 | |
| F29d | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 45 | |
| F29e | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 33 | |
| F29f | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 36 | |
| F29g | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 41 | |
| F29h | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 44 | |
| F29i | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 42 | 34 | |
| F29j | F29 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 36 | |
| F29k | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 49 | 41 | |
| F29l | F29 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 44 | |
|
F30 |
• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F30a | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 49 | 39 | |
| F30b | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 51 | 42 | |
| F30c | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](24) | 56 [58](24) | 47 [50](24) | |
| F30d | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 58 | 50 | |
| F30e | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 47 | 38 | |
| F30f | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 49 | 40 | |
| F30g | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 54 | 46 | |
| F30h | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 56 | 48 | |
| F30i | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 47 | 37 | |
| F30j | F30 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 49 | 40 | |
| F30k | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 54 | 45 | |
| F30l | F30 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 56 | 48 | |
|
F31 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F31a | F31 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 17 | |
| F31b | F31 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 20 | |
| F31c | F31 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 40 | 17 | |
| F31d | F31 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 42 | 20 | |
| F31e | F31 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 39 | 16 | |
| F31f | F31 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 41 | 19 | |
|
F32 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F32a | F32 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 46 | 20 | |
| F32b | F32 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 47 | 20 | |
| F32c | F32 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 48 | 23 | |
| F32d | F32 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 49 | 23 | |
| F32e | F32 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 44 | 19 | |
| F32f | F32 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 45 | 19 | |
| F32g | F32 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 19 | |
| F32h | F32 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 19 | |
| F32i | F32 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 46 | 22 | |
|
F33 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F33a | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 26 | |
| F33b | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 55 | 26 | |
| F33c | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
60 | 34 | |
| F33d | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 62 | 34 | |
| F33e | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 26 | |
| F33f | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 54 | 26 | |
| F33g | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 59 | 34 | |
| F33h | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 61 | 34 | |
| F33i | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 25 | |
| F33j | F33 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 25 | |
| F33k | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 58 | 33 | |
| F33l | F33 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 60 | 33 | |
|
F34 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F34a | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 57 | 29 | |
| F34b | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 60 | 29 | |
| F34c | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5 h](24) | 65 [67](24) | 37 | |
| F34d | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 67 | 37 | |
| F34e | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 56 | 28 | |
| F34f | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 58 | 28 | |
| F34g | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 63 | 36 | |
| F34h | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min [1 h](16) | 65 | 36 | |
| F34i | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 56 | 28 | |
| F34j | F34 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 58 | 28 | |
| F34k | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 63 | 36 | |
| F34l | F34 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 65 | 36 | |
|
F35 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F35a | F35 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 26 | |
| F35b | F35 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 47 | 29 | |
| F35c | F35 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 26 | |
| F35d | F35 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 29 | |
| F35e | F35 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 43 | 26 | |
| F35f | F35 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 29 | |
|
F36 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F36a | F36 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 49 | 28 | |
| F36b | F36 with• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.• no absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 50 | 28 | |
| F36c | F36 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 51 | 31 | |
| F36d | F36 with • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 52 | 31 | |
| F36e | F36 with• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 48 | 27 | |
| F36f | F36 with• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 49 | 27 | |
| F36g | F36 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 30 | |
| F36h | F36 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 47 | 27 | |
| F36i | F36 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 49 | 30 | |
|
F37 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F37a | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min | 56 | 35 | |
| F37b | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 59 | 35 | |
| F37c | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
63 | 43 | |
| F37d | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 66 | 43 | |
| F37e | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 55 | 35 | |
| F37f | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 57 | 35 | |
| F37g | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 62 | 43 | |
| F37h | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 64 | 43 | |
| F37i | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 54 | 35 | |
| F37j | F37 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 57 | 35 | |
| F37k | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 43 | |
| F37l | F37 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 64 | 43 | |
|
F38 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F38a | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 61 | 37 | |
| F38b | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 63 | 37 | |
| F38c | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h [1.5](24) | 68 [71](24) | 45 | |
| F38d | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 70 | 45 | |
| F38e | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 60 | 36 | |
| F38f | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 36 | |
| F38g | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 67 | 44 | |
| F38h | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 69 | 44 | |
| F38i | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 59 | 36 | |
| F38j | F38 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 36 | |
| F38k | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 66 | 44 | |
| F38l | F38 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 68 | 44 | |
|
Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists(25) |
F39 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
||
| F39a | F39 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 29 | 27 | |
| F39b | F39 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 31 | 30 | |
| F39c | F39 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 27 | 26 | |
| F39d | F39 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 29 | 29 | |
| F39e | F39 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 27 | 25 | |
| F39f | F39 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 29 | 28 | |
|
F40 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F40a | F40 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 34 | 31 | |
| F40b | F40 with• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.• no absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 35 | 31 | |
| F40c | F40 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 36 | 34 | |
| F40d | F40 with• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 37 | 34 | |
| F40e | F40 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 32 | 30 | |
| F40f | F40 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 33 | 30 | |
| F40g | F40 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 34 | 33 | |
| F40h | F40 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 35 | 33 | |
| F40i | F40 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 31 | 30 | |
| F40j | F40 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 33 | 33 | |
|
F41 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F41a | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 34 | 27 | |
| F41b | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 37 | 30 | |
| F41c | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
37 | 30 | |
| F41d | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
40 | 33 | |
| F41e | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 33 | 26 | |
| F41f | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 35 | 29 | |
| F41g | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
36 | 29 | |
| F41h | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 38 | 32 | |
| F41i | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 32 | 25 | |
| F41j | F41 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 35 | 28 | |
| F41k | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 35 | 28 | |
| F41l | F41 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 38 | 31 | |
|
F42 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F42a | F42 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 39 | 32 | |
| F42b | F42 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 42 | 34 | |
| F42c | F42 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 43 | 34 | |
| F42d | F42 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 42 | 35 | |
| F42e | F42 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](26) | 45 | 37 | |
| F42f | F42 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 46 | 37 | |
| F42g | F42 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 38 | 30 | |
| F42h | F42 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 40 | 33 | |
| F42i | F42 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 41 | 33 | |
| F42j | F42 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 41 | 33 | |
| F42k | F42 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](26) | 43 | 36 | |
| F42l | F42 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 44 | 36 | |
| F42m | F42 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 37 | 30 | |
| F42n | F42 with • no absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 39 | 33 | |
| F42o | F42 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 40 | 33 | |
| F42p | F42 with • absorptive material in cavity • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 42 | 36 | |
|
F43 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the gypsum board • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels |  |
|||
| F43a | F43 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 35 | 27 | |
| F43b | F43 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 37 | 30 | |
| F43c | F43 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 35 | 27 | |
| F43d | F43 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 37 | 30 | |
| F43e | F43 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 32 | 26 | |
| F43f | F43 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board • resilient metal channels • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 35 | 28 | |
|
F44 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F44a | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 40 | 33 | |
| F44b | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 36 | |
| F44c | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
47 | 41 | |
| F44d | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 50 | 44 | |
| F44e | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 39 | 32 | |
| F44f | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 35 | |
| F44g | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min |
46 | 40 | |
| F44h | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | 48 | 43 | |
| F44i | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 38 | 31 | |
| F44j | F44 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 41 | 34 | |
| F44k | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 45 | 39 | |
| F44l | F44 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
< 30 min | 48 | 42 | |
|
F45 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F45a | F45 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 45 | 38 | |
| F45b | F45 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 48 | 40 | |
| F45c | F45 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 49 | 40 | |
| F45d | F45 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 52 | 46 | |
| F45e | F45 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](26) | 55 | 48 | |
| F45f | F45 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 56 | 48 | |
| F45g | F45 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 44 | 36 | |
| F45h | F45 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 46 | 39 | |
| F45i | F45 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min | 47 | 39 | |
| F45j | F45 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 51 | 44 | |
| F45k | F45 with• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](26) | 53 | 47 | |
| F45l | F45 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 45 min [1 h](13) | 54 | 47 | |
| F45m | F45 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 43 | 36 | |
| F45n | F45 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 39 | |
| F45o | F45 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 50 | 44 | |
| F45p | F45 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 52 | 47 | |
|
F46 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F46a | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 43 | 34 | |
| F46b | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 37 | |
| F46c | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 42 | |
| F46d | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 45 | |
| F46e | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 42 | 33 | |
| F46f | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 36 | |
| F46g | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 49 | 41 | |
| F46h | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 51 | 44 | |
| F46i | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 41 | 33 | |
| F46j | F46 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 36 | |
| F46k | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 41 | |
| F46l | F46 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 51 | 44 | |
|
F47 |
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side | |
|||
| F47a | F47 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 45 | 35 | |
| F47b | F47 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 47 | 38 | |
| F47c | F47 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min [45 min](16) [1 h](26) | 51 | 45 | |
| F47d | F47 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | [30 min](16) [45 min](26) | 53 | 47 | |
| F47e | F47 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 30 min | 43 | 44 | |
| F47f | F47 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 45 | 47 | |
| F47g | F47 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | [30 min](16) [45 min](26) | 50 | 43 | |
| F47h | F47 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 52 | 46 | |
|
F48 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F48a | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 48 | 39 | |
| F48b | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 50 | 42 | |
| F48c | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 56 | 47 | |
| F48d | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 57 | 50 | |
| F48e | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 47 | 38 | |
| F48f | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 49 | 40 | |
| F48g | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 54 | 46 | |
| F48h | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 56 | 48 | |
| F48i | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 46 | 37 | |
| F48j | F48 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 40 | |
| F48k | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 53 | 45 | |
| F48l | F48 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 48 | |
|
F49 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F49a | F49 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 40 | 13 | |
| F49b | F49 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 42 | 16 | |
| F49c | F49 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 39 | 12 | |
| F49d | F49 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 41 | 15 | |
| F49e | F49 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 38 | 12 | |
| F49f | F49 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 40 | 15 | |
|
F50 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F50a | F50 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 16 | |
| F50b | F50 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 47 | 19 | |
| F50c | F50 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 15 | |
| F50d | F50 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 18 | |
| F50e | F50 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 43 | 14 | |
| F50f | F50 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 17 | |
|
F51 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F51a | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 22 | |
| F51b | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 54 | 22 | |
| F51c | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 59 | 30 | |
| F51d | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 61 | 30 | |
| F51e | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 51 | 21 | |
| F51f | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 53 | 21 | |
| F51g | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 58 | 29 | |
| F51h | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 60 | 29 | |
| F51i | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 50 | 21 | |
| F51j | F51 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 52 | 21 | |
| F51k | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 57 | 29 | |
| F51l | F51 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 59 | 29 | |
|
F52 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F52a | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 57 | 25 | |
| F52b | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 59 | 25 | |
| F52c | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 64 | 33 | |
| F52d | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
66 | 33 | |
| F52e | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 55 | 24 | |
| F52f | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 58 | 24 | |
| F52g | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 32 | |
| F52h | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
65 | 32 | |
| F52i | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 23 | |
| F52j | F52 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 57 | 23 | |
| F52k | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 62 | 31 | |
| F52l | F52 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 64 | 31 | |
|
F53 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F53a | F53 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 22 | |
| F53b | F53 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 25 | |
| F53c | F53 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 42 | 21 | |
| F53d | F53 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 24 | |
| F53e | F53 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 42 | 21 | |
| F53f | F53 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 44 | 24 | |
|
F54 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F54a | F54 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 48 | 24 | |
| F54b | F54 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 27 | |
| F54c | F54 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 47 | 23 | |
| F54d | F54 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 49 | 26 | |
| F54e | F54 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 47 | 23 | |
| F54f | F54 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 49 | 26 | |
|
F55 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F55a | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 56 | 31 | |
| F55b | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 58 | 31 | |
| F55c | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 63 | 39 | |
| F55d | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 65 | 39 | |
| F55e | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 54 | 30 | |
| F55f | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 56 | 30 | |
| F55g | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 61 | 38 | |
| F55h | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 63 | 38 | |
| F55i | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 54 | 30 | |
| F55j | F55 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 56 | 30 | |
| F55k | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 38 | |
| F55l | F55 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 63 | 38 | |
|
F56 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2) • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F56a | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 60 | 33 | |
| F56b | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 33 | |
| F56c | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 67 | 41 | |
| F56d | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
69 | 41 | |
| F56e | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 59 | 32 | |
| F56f | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 61 | 32 | |
| F56g | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 66 | 40 | |
| F56h | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
68 | 40 | |
| F56i | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 58 | 32 | |
| F56j | F56 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 61 | 32 | |
| F56k | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 65 | 40 | |
| F56l | F56 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 68 | 40 | |
|
F57 |
• 50 mm concrete • 0.46 mm metal pan with 19 mm rib • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F57a | F57 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 45 | 26 | |
| F57b | F57 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 47 | 29 | |
| F57c | F57 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 44 | 25 | |
| F57d | F57 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 46 | 28 | |
| F57e | F57 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 43 | 25 | |
| F57f | F57 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 45 | 28 | |
|
F58 |
• 50 mm concrete • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F58a | F58 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 27 | |
| F58b | F58 with • absorptive material in cavity • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 52 | 30 | |
| F58c | F58 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 48 | 27 | |
| F58d | F58 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 50 | 30 | |
| F58e | F58 with • no absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 48 | 27 | |
| F58f | F58 with • absorptive material in cavity • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 50 | 30 | |
|
F59 |
• 50 mm concrete • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side |  |
|||
| F59a | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 57 | 35 | |
| F59b | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 59 | 35 | |
| F59c | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 64 | 43 | |
| F59d | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 66 | 43 | |
| F59e | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 56 | 34 | |
| F59f | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 56 | 34 | |
| F59g | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 63 | 42 | |
| F59h | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
– | 65 | 42 | |
| F59i | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 55 | 34 | |
| F59j | F59 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 57 | 34 | |
| F59k | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 62 | 42 | |
| F59l | F59 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 64 | 42 | |
|
F60 |
• 50 mm concrete • 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side |
 |
|||
| F60a | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 36 | |
| F60b | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 64 | 36 | |
| F60c | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 69 | 44 | |
| F60d | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
71 | 44 | |
| F60e | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1h | 60 | 36 | |
| F60f | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 62 | 36 | |
| F60g | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | 67 | 44 | |
| F60h | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min |
69 | 44 | |
| F60i | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 60 | 36 | |
| F60j | F60 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 62 | 36 | |
| F60k | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 67 | 44 | |
| F60l | F60 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board |
– | 69 | 44 | |
|
F61 |
• 50 mm concrete • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side | |
|||
| F61a | F61 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 62 | 32 | |
| F61b | F61 with • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 64 | 32 | |
| F61c | F61 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 65 | 29 | |
| F61d | F61 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 68 | 37 | |
| F61e | F61 with • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | 1h | 66 | 34 | |
| F61f | F61 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 71 | 34 | |
| F61g | F61 with • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 62 | 32 | |
| F61h | F61 with • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 64 | 32 | |
| F61i | F61 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 64 | 28 | |
| F61j | F61 with • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 68 | 36 | |
| F61k | F61 with • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. • absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | 1 h | 64 | 32 | |
| F61l | F61 with • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c. • no absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board | – | 70 | 34 | |
| Roofs | |||||
| Wood Roof Trusses | R1 | • wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
45 min | – | – |
| Rating Provided by Membrane Only | |||||
| M1 | • supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
30 min | – | – | |
| M2 | • supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h | – | – | |
| Notes to Table A-9.10.3.1.B: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A. |
| (2) | For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient
metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the fastener and resilient metal channel
arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B. |
| (3) | The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values given are for a minimum thickness of subfloor or deck as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by structural member spacing (see Table 9.23.15.5.A). Thicker subflooring or decking is also acceptable. |
| (4) | Sound absorptive material includes
To obtain the listed sound transmission class rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre, unless otherwise specified. Absorptive material will affect the sound transmission class by approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mm change of thickness. However, no additional sound transmission class value is achieved by adding a greater thickness of insulation than the depth of the assembly. |
| (5) | The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. (See also Table Note (9).) A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound transmission class rating, but not to the fire-resistance rating. |
| (6) | To obtain the listed rating, the type and spacing of fasteners are as described in
and installed in accordance with Subsection 9.29.5. or CSA A82.31-M:
|
| (7) | See D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings. |
| (8) | The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for the minimum depth of structural member noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound
transmission class values for structural members deeper than that minimum, add 1 to
the sound transmission class value in the table for each 170 mm increase in structural member depth. |
| (9) | The sound transmission class values given in the table are for structural member spacing of 300 mm o.c., unless otherwise noted in the description and applicable table notes.
To obtain sound transmission class values for assemblies with structural members spaced
more than 500 mm o.c., add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table. |
| (10) | The impact insulation class values given are for floor assemblies tested with no finished flooring. |
| (11) | Wood floor joists are:
|
| (12) | Except where assemblies with wood I-joists are tested according to CAN/ULC-S101, “Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” the fire-resistance rating values apply only to I-joists that have been fabricated with a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.10, “Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure).” For I-joists with flanges made of laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the fire-resistance
rating values apply only where the adhesive used in the LVL fabrication is a phenolic-based
structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.9, “Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural
Wood Products (Exterior Exposure)” |
| (13) | The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with
|
| (14) | The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets only applies to assemblies with solid wood joists and is achieved only where absorptive material includes:
|
| (15) | The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values given are also applicable to assemblies with 38 mm (width) x 184 mm (depth) solid wood joists. |
| (16) | The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive
material includes:
|
| (17) | The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values within the square brackets only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists and are
achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a
minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized)
steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long. |
| (18) | The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:
|
| (19) | The fire-resistance rating value only applies to assemblies with wood I-joists with flanges with a minimum thickness of 38 mm and a minimum width of 63 mm. |
| (20) | The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where
absorptive material includes:
|
| (21) | The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is available for assemblies constructed with wood I-joists. |
| (22) | Wood floor trusses are:
|
| (23) | The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2. |
| (24) | The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values within square brackets are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with
a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized)
steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood trusses with metal staples having legs that are 38 mm long. |
| (25) | Cold-formed steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are members with a minimum size of 41 mm (width) x 203 mm (depth) x 1.22 mm (material thickness). |
| (26) | The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the cold-formed steel floor joists, and of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations. |
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A
Single layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A:
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B
Double layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B:
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C
Example of steel furring channel Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C:
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D
Example of resilient metal channel
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D:
A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys
Mezzanines increase the occupant load and the fire load of the storey of which
they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the purpose of
evaluating other requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area
is added to the floor area of the storey.
A-9.10.8.3.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.10.9.2.(3) BC Deleted
A-9.10.9.3.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetration of Fire-Rated Assemblies by Service Equipment
This Sentence, together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the integrity of fire-rated assemblies is maintained where
they are penetrated by various types of service equipment.
For buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 3, fire stop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as pipes, ducts and electrical
outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated by standard test
criteria.
This is different from the approach in Part 9. Because of the type of construction normally used for buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 9, it is assumed
that this requirement is satisfied by the use of generic fire stop materials such
as
mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar.
A-9.10.9.16.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages
The gas-tight barrier
between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide
protection against the entry of carbon monoxide and gasoline fumes
into the dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating an air barrier
system will perform adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided
all joints in the airtight material are sealed and reasonable care
is exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by building services.
Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space above the dwelling
unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the ceiling of the dwelling
unit will also provide protection. Unit masonry walls forming the
separation between a dwelling unit and an adjacent garage should be
provided with two coats of sealer or plaster, or covered with gypsum
wallboard on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints
must be sealed to ensure continuity of the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)
A-9.10.12.4.(1) Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space
Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)
Protection of overhang of common roof space
A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits
The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection
for soffit spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to
be the finish materials. They can be installed either behind the finishes
chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.
A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations
CAN/ULC-S113 provides construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors
that will provide a 20 min fire-protection rating without
the need for testing. The standard requires each door to be marked
with
- the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
- the words “Fire Door,” and
- a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.
A-9.10.14.5.(1) Minor Combustible Cladding ElementsMinor elements of cladding that is required
to be noncombustible are permitted to be of combustible material,
provided they are distributed over the building face and not concentrated
in one area. Examples of minor combustible cladding elements include
door and window trim and some decorative elements.
A-9.10.14.5.(7) Permitted Projections
The definition of exposing building face provided in Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A refers to “that part of the exterior wall of a building … or, where a building is divided into fire compartments,
the exterior wall of a fire compartment …” Because the exposing building
face is defined with respect to the exterior wall, projections from
exposing building faces are elements that do not incorporate exterior
walls. Depending on their specific configurations, examples of constructions
that would normally be permitted by Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) are balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs. However,
if a balcony, platform or stair is enclosed, its exterior wall would
become part of an exposing building face and the construction could
not be considered to be a projection from the exposing building face.
A-9.10.14.5.(8) Protection at ProjectionsSentence 9.10.14.5.(7) permits certain projections from exposing building faces where
the projections do not have exterior walls and thus clearly do
not constitute part of the exposing building face. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(8) refers to other types of projections from the exposing building
face, such as those for fireplaces and chimneys. It is
recognized that these types present more vertical surface area
compared to platforms, canopies and eave projections, and may be
enclosed by constructions that are essentially the same as
exterior walls. These constructions, however, do not enclose
habitable space, are of limited width and may not extend a full
storey in height. Consequently, Sentence (8) allows these projections beyond the exposing building face of
buildings identified in Sentence (6), provided additional fire protection is installed on the projection.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8) illustrates projections that extend within 1.2 m of
the property line where additional protection must be provided.
Where a projection extends within 0.6 m of the
property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an
exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than
0.6 m. Where a projection extends to less than
1.2 m but not less than 0.6 m of the property
line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing
building face that has a limiting distance of less than
1.2 m.
Protection is also required on the underside of the projection
where the projection is more than 0.6 m above
finished ground level, measured at the exposing building
face.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8)
Protection at projections
A-9.10.15.1.(1) BC Deleted
A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses
Studies at the National Fire Laboratory of the National Research Council have
shown that, where an exposing building face is stepped back from the property line
or is at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the percentage
of
glazing in those portions of the exposing building face further from the property
line without increasing the amount of radiated energy that would reach the property
line in the event of a fire in such a building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(2) and (3) can be applied to exposing building faces that are stepped back from or not parallel to the property
line. The following procedure can be used to establish the maximum permitted area
of
glazed openings for such facades:
- Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment, as described in the definition of exposing building face.
- Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can be divided in any number of portions, not necessarily of equal size.
- Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured along a line perpendicular to the wall surface from the point closest to the property line.
- Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of glazed openings will be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face for the whole fire compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
- On that line, read the maximum percentage area of glazed openings permitted in each portion of the exposing building face according to the limiting distance for that portion.
- Calculate the maximum area of glazed openings permitted in each portion. The area is calculated from the percentage found applied to the area of that portion.
Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of glazed openings: this means that the opaque portion of doors does not have to be counted as for other
types of buildings.
Note that this Appendix Note and the Figures do not describe or illustrate maximum permitted concentrated area or spacing of individual glazed openings, or limits on
the location of dividing lines between portions of the exposing building face
depending on the location of these openings with respect to interior rooms or
spaces. See Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2) and 9.10.15.4.(2) to (4) for the applicable requirements.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a
staggered wall of a house
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A:
|
|
|
| (1) | |
| (2) | |
| (3) |
See Table 9.10.15.4. |
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed
wall of a house with some arbitrary division of the wall
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B:
|
|
|
| (1) | |
| (2) | |
| (3) |
See Table 9.10.15.4. |
| (4) |
To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting
distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting
distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area
of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances
greater than 1.2 m.
|
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed
wall of a house with a different arbitrary division of the wall
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C:
|
|
|
| (1) | |
| (2) | |
| (3) |
See Table 9.10.15.4. |
| (4) |
To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting
distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting
distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area
of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances
greater than 1.2 m.
|
A-9.10.19.3.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms
There are two important points to bear in mind when considering where to locate
smoke alarms in dwelling units:
- The most frequent point of origin for fires in dwelling units is the living area.
- The main concern in locating smoke alarms is to provide warning to people asleep in bedrooms.
A smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke
alarm located near the bedrooms is the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to
define exactly what is meant by “living area.” It is felt to be too stringent to
require a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be
considered a “living area” (living room, family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1) addresses these issues by requiring at least one smoke alarm on every storey containing a sleeping room. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to
where on a storey to locate the required smoke alarm or alarms, one should be
located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirements related to
proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.
containing a sleeping room. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to
where on a storey to locate the required smoke alarm or alarms, one should be
located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirements related to
proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.
A smoke alarm is not required on each level in a split-level dwelling unit as each level does not count as a separate storey. Determine the number of storeys in a
split-level dwelling unit and which levels are part of which storey as follows:
- establish grade, which is the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a building;
- identify the first storey, which is the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade;
- identify the basement, which is the storey or storeys located below the first storey;
- identify the second storey and, where applicable, the third storey.
As a minimum, one smoke alarm is required to be installed in each storey,
preferably on the upper level of each one. As noted above, however, when the
dwelling unit contains more than one sleeping area, an alarm must be installed to
serve each area. Where the sleeping areas are on two levels of a single storey in
a
split-level dwelling unit, an additional smoke alarm must be installed so that both
areas are protected. See Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1).
Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1)
Two-storey split-level building
Notes to Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1):
A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification
In addition to other considerations taken
into account in the planning of fire department access routes, special
variations could be permitted for a house or residential building
that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler
system must be designed in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standard
and there must be assurance that water supply pressure and quantity
are unlikely to fail. These considerations could apply to buildings
that are located on the sides of hills and are not conveniently accessible
by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill housing
units that are located behind other buildings on a given property.
A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops
CooktopsThe British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation, and the British Columbia Gas Safety Regulation, referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero,
the standards do not address clearances to building elements located both above the
level of the cooktop elements or burners and to the side of the appliance. Through reference to the Electrical Safety Regulation and the Gas Safety Regulation and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the British Columbia Building Code (BCBC) addresses all clearances. Where clearances
are addressed by the BCBC and the Electrical Safety Regulation or the Gas Safety Regulation, conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved by compliance with the most stringent
criteria.
Figure A-9.10.22.
Clearances from cooktops to walls and cabinetry
cooktops to walls and cabinetry
A-9.11.1.1.(1) Sound Transmission Class Ratings
The specified STC rating of 50 is considered the minimum acceptable value, but many
builders prefer to design for STC 55 or more in high quality accommodation.
Another reason to choose assemblies rated higher than STC 50 is that the STC ratings
of assemblies are based on laboratory tests, but the sound transmission of any assembly
as constructed in the field may be significantly less than its rating. This can be
due to sound leaks, departures from design, poor workmanship or indirect (flanking)
transmission paths overlooked in design. To provide a margin of safety to compensate
for these, builders often select wall and floor systems that have been rated at least
5 points higher than the design STC rating in laboratory tests.
Sound leaks can occur where one wall meets another, the floor, or the ceiling. Leaks
may also occur where the wall finish is cut for the installation of equipment or services.
Avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets. Carefully seal cracks
or openings so structures are effectively airtight. Apply sealant below the plates
in stud walls, between the bottom of drywall sheets and the structure behind, around
all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or
the possibility of one developing. Sound-absorbing material inside a well-designed
wall decreases sound transmission. It has another advantage; it also helps to reduce
the effects of leaks due, perhaps, to poor workmanship.
Indirect or flanking transmission arises where the parts of a building are rigidly
connected together and where cavities in hollow walls or floors, or continuous lightweight
layers connect apartments. Sound travels in cavities, as vibration along surfaces
and through walls, ceilings and floors to adjacent rooms. Many paths other than the
direct one through the party wall or floor may be involved. To achieve good sound
insulation, transmission along flanking paths must be minimized by introducing breaks
and resilient connections in the construction. Some examples of bad and good details
are shown in Figure A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Changes to constructions should not be made without consultation with someone competent
in the field of acoustical design. Adding extra layers of drywall to walls in an attempt
to reduce sound transmission, can actually increase it if done incorrectly. For example,
attaching drywall on resilient channels directly to an existing wall or ceiling usually
increases low frequency sound transmission. Adding an additional layer of drywall
inside a double layer wall will also seriously increase sound transmission. Adding
blocking inside walls to reduce the risk of fire spread should be done so it does
not increase vibration transmission from one part of a wall or floor to the other.
Figure A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Cross-section through wall/floor junctions
To verify that acoustical privacy is being achieved, a field test can be done at an
early stage in the construction; ASTM E 336 will give a complete measurement. A simpler and less expensive method is ASTM E 597, “Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications.” The rating provided by this test is usually within 2 points of the STC obtained from ASTM E 336. It is useful for verifying performance and finding problems during construction. Alterations can then be made prior to project completion.
Impact Noise
Section 9.11. has no requirements for control of impact noise transmission. Footstep and other
impacts can cause severe annoyance in multi-family residences. Builders concerned
about quality and reducing occupant complaints will ensure that floors are designed
to minimize impact transmission. A recommended criterion is that bare floors (tested
without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight
floors that satisfy this requirement may still cause complaints about low frequency
impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a floor will always increase the IIC rating
but will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep noise
rejection requires fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors. Impact noise requirements
are being considered for inclusion in future versions of the British Columbia Building
Code.
Most frequently used methods of test for impact noise are ASTM E 492, “Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using The Tapping Machine,” or ASTM E 1007, “Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures.”
Machinery Noise
Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise
in buildings. To reduce annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible
from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts should be isolated from the building structure
using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.
A-9.11.2.1.(2) BC Deleted
A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations
The requirements for clay soils or soils not clearly defined
are intended to apply to those soils that are subject to
significant volume changes with changes in moisture
content.
A-9.12.2.2.(2) Depth and Insulation of Foundations
Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)
Foundation insulation and heat flow to footings
A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill
The deleterious debris referred to in this provision includes,
but is not limited to:
- organic material and other material subject to decomposition and compaction, which could have an adverse effect on grading around the building,
- materials that will off-gas and have the potential to pose a health hazard, and
- materials that are incompatible with materials used in the foundations, footings, drainage materials or components, or other elements of the building whose required performance would be adversely affected.
A-9.13.2.6. Protection of Interior Finishes from MoistureExcess water from cast-in-place concrete
and ground moisture tends to migrate toward interior spaces, particularly
in the spring and summer. Where moisture-susceptible materials, such
as finishes or wood members, are in contact with the foundation wall,
the moisture needs to be controlled by installing a moisture barrier
on the interior surface of the foundation wall that extends from the
underside of the interior finish up the face of the wall to a point
just above the level of the ground outside.
The reason the moisture barrier on the interior surface of the
foundation wall must be stopped near ground level is to allow any
moisture that finds its way into the finished wall cavity from the
interior space (through leaks in the air or vapour barrier) to diffuse
to the exterior. If the vapour permeance of dampproofing membranes
or coatings exceeds 170 ng/(Pa•s•m2),
such moisture barriers may be carried full height; if their vapour
permeance is less than that, this moisture risks being trapped on
the interior surface of the moisture barriers. The permeance limit
corresponds to the lower limit for breather-type membranes, such as
asphalt-impregnated sheathing paper.
Some insulation products can also be used to protect interior
finishes from the effects of moisture. They have shown acceptable
performance when applied over the entire foundation wall because,
in this case, they also provide vapour barrier and moisture barrier
functions and possibly also the air barrier function. Where a single
product provides all these functions, there is no risk of trapping
moisture between two functional barriers with low water vapour permeance.
A-9.13.4. Soil Gas Control
Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building envelope
normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations
of pollutants and water vapour. It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled.
On the other hand, air entering a dwelling through below-grade leaks in the envelope
may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air and may also bring in a number
of pollutants picked up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and pollutants
is sometimes referred to as “soil gas.” One pollutant often found in soil gas is radon.
Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1), which requires the installation of an air barrier system, addresses the protection from all soil gases, while the remainder of Article 9.13.4.2. along with Article 9.13.4.3., which require the provision of the means to depressurize the space between the air barrier system and the ground, specifically address the capability to mitigate high radon concentrations in the future, should this become necessary.Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result
of the decay of radium. It is found to varying degrees as a component of soil gas
in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling units by infiltration into
basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead
to an increased risk of lung cancer.
The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate
prior to construction and thus a radon problem may only become apparent once the building
is completed and occupied. Therefore various sections of Part 9 require the application
of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures are
- low in cost,
- difficult to retrofit, and
- desirable for other benefits they provide.
The principal method of resisting the ingress of all soil gases, a resistance which is required for many buildings (see Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1)), is to seal the interface between the soil and the occupied space, so far as is reasonably practicable. Sections 9.18. and 9.25. contain requirements for air and soil gas barriers in assemblies in contact with
ground, including those in crawl spaces. Providing control joints to reduce cracking
of foundation walls and airtight covers for sump pits (see Section 9.14.) are other measures that can help achieve this objective. The requirements provided
in Subsection 9.25.3. are explained in Appendix Notes A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3). The principal method of excluding radon is to ensure that the pressure difference
across the ground/space interface is positive (i.e., towards the outside) so that
the inward flow of radon through any remaining leaks will be minimized. The requirements
provided in Article 9.13.4.3. are explained in Appendix Note A-9.13.4.3.
A-9.13.4.2.(3) Exception for Buildings Occupied for a Few Hours a DayThe criterion used by Health Canada to establish the guideline for acceptable
radon concentration is the time that occupants spend inside buildings. Health Canada
recommends installing a means for the future removal of radon in buildings that are
occupied by persons for more than 4 hours per day. Sentence 9.13.4.2.(3) therefore does not apply to buildings or portions of buildings that are intended to be occupied for less than 4 hours a day. Addressing
a
radon problem in such buildings in the future, should that become necessary, can
also be achieved by providing a means for increased ventilation at times when these
buildings are occupied.
Providing Performance Criteria for the Depressurization of the Space Between the Air Barrier System and the Ground
System and the Ground Article 9.13.4.3. contains two sets of requirements: Sentence (2) describes the criteria for subfloor depressurization systems using performance-oriented language, while Sentence (3) describes one particular acceptable solution using more prescriptive language.
In some cases, subfloor depressurization requires a solution other than the one described
in Sentence (3), for example, where compactable fill is installed under slab-on-grade construction.
Completion of a Subfloor Depressurization System The completion of a subfloor depressurization system may be necessary to reduce the
radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada. In
this case, to complete the system, the radon vent pipe is mechanically assisted to
enable effective depressurization of the space between the air barrier system and
the ground. An electrically powered fan is typically installed somewhere along the
radon vent pipe.
Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in the following
Health Canada publications:
- “Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners” (CMHC/HC), and
- “Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings (Homes).”
A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b)(i) and (3)(b)(i) Effective Depressurization
To allow effective depressurization of the space between the air barrier system and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and should be
arranged such that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air
barrier system and the ground. This will ensure that the extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in heated crawl spaces underneath
the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s) may
have design implications where the footing layout separates part of the space
underneath the floor.
system and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and should be
arranged such that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air
barrier system and the ground. This will ensure that the extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in heated crawl spaces underneath
the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s) may
have design implications where the footing layout separates part of the space
underneath the floor.
A-9.13.4.3.(3)(b) Vent TerminalsTo prevent soil gases from entering a building through air intakes, windows, and other
openings in the building envelope, radon vent pipe terminations should be installed
in a similar manner to plumbing vent terminals. (See A-2.5.6.5.(4) in Appendix A of
Division B to Book II of the Code.)
A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls
In addition to the prevention
of heat loss, some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid
glass fibre, are installed on the exterior of basement walls for the
purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed
rock as a drainage layer between the basement wall and the surrounding
soil in order to facilitate the drainage of soil moisture. Water drained
by this drainage layer must be carried away from the foundation by
the footing drains or the granular drainage layer in order to prevent
it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall. Provision
must be made to permit the drainage of this water either by extending
the insulation or crushed rock to the drain or by the installation
of granular material connecting the two. The installation of such
drainage layer does not eliminate the need for normal waterproofing
or dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.
A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar Constructions
Because
decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies,
they are, by definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings.
Consequently, the requirements in Section 9.15. regarding
footings and foundations apply to these constructions.
A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
Insulating concrete form (ICF) walls are concrete walls that are cast into
polystyrene forms, which remain in place after the concrete has cured. Flat ICF
walls are solid ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height
and width of the wall.
A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations – Design Assumptions
Tabular data and figures in CAN/CSA-S406, “Construction of Preserved Wood Foundations,” are based upon the general principles provided in CSA O86, “Engineering Design in Wood,” with the following assumptions:
- soil bearing capacity: 75 kPa or more,
- clear spans for floors: 5 000 mm or less,
- floor loadings: 1.9 kPa for first floor and suspended floor, and 1.4 kPa for second storey floor,
- foundation wall heights: 2 400 mm for slab floor, 3 000 mm for suspended wood floor,
- top of granular layer to top of suspended wood floor: 600 mm,
- lateral load from soil pressure: equivalent to fluid pressure of 4.7 kPa per metre of depth,
- ground snow load: 3 kPa,
- basic snow load coefficient: 0.6,
- roof loads are carried to the exterior wall,
- dead loads:
| Table A-9.15.2.4.(1) |
||
| roof | 0.50 kPa | |
| floor | 0.47 kPa | |
| wall (with siding) | 0.32 kPa | |
| wall (with masonry veneer) | 1.94 kPa | |
| foundation wall | 0.27 kPa | |
| partitions | 0.20 kPa | |
A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes
The
footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction consisting of a roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason, Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.
It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists
to span greater distances in floors of small buildings. Where these
spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes may be based
on the following method:
- Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing. Sum these lengths (sum1).
- Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
- Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
- Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing size.
Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.
- sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
- sum2 = 4.9 x 2 = 9.8 m
- ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
- required minimum footing size = 1.22 x 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.) = 427 mm.
A-9.16.2.1.(1) Drainage Layer Beneath Floors-on-GroundA drainage layer required by Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1) shall also be gas-permeable and conform to Article 9.13.4.3. in buildings to which that Article applies.
A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns
Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria to describe
the minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to
those that have demonstrated effective performance over time and those
that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on early 20th century
homes provide one example of constructions whose floor and roof are
typically tied to the rest of the building to provide effective lateral
support. Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require
additional lateral support even where they are connected to the building
on one side.
A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans
described for steel beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that
the load on columns could exceed 36 kN, the maximum allowable
load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.” In the context of Part 9, loads on columns are calculated from the supported area times the live load
per unit area, using the supported length of joists and beams. The
supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of the beam
and half the beam span on each side of the column.
Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum
live load will not be applied over the whole floor. Designs according
to Part 4 must consider all applied loads.
A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums
The purpose of the requirement is to
protect combustible ground cover from smoldering cigarette butts that
may drop through air registers. The protective material should extend
beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned edges, as a
butt may be deflected sideways as it falls.
A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces
Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage and vapour diffusion into attic or
roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that
imperfections normally exist in the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent
research indicates that venting of attic or roof spaces is generally still required.
The exception provided in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies, such as those used in some
factory-built buildings, have, over time, demonstrated that their construction is
sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation. In these cases,
ventilation would not be required.
A-9.19.2.1.(1) Access to Attic or Roof SpaceThe term “open space” refers to the space between the insulation and the roof
sheathing. Sentence 9.19.2.1.(1) requires the installation of an access hatch where the open space in the attic or roof is large enough to allow visual
inspection. Although the dimensions of an uninsulated attic or roof space may meet
the size that triggers the requirement for an access hatch to be installed, most
of that space will actually be filled with insulation and may therefore not be
easily inspected, particularly in smaller buildings or under low-sloped roofs. (See
also Article 9.36.2.6.)
A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information
Information on spectral response acceleration values for various
locations can be found in Appendix C, Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada.
A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support
Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to
avoid cracking of the masonry due to differential movement relative
to parts of the support. Wood framing is not normally used as a support
for the weight of masonry veneer because of its shrinkage characteristics.
Where the weight of masonry veneer is supported on a wood structure,
as is the case for the preserved wood foundations referred to in Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any differential movement that may be harmful to the performance of
masonry is minimized or accommodated. The general principle stated
in Article 9.4.1.1., however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering
design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to ensure that
the rigidity of the support is compatible with the stiffness of the
masonry being supported and that differential movements between the
support and masonry are accommodated.
A-9.20.8.5. Distance from Edge of Masonry to Edge of Supporting Members
Figure A-9.20.8.5.
Maximum projection of masonry beyond its support
A-9.20.12.2.(2) Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls
Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)
Maximum corbel dimensions
A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls
The reason for installing sheathing paper behind masonry walls
is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should
leak past the masonry. The sheathing paper intercepts the rainwater
and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing directs
it to the exterior via weep holes. If the insulation is a type that
effectively resists the penetration of water, and is installed so
that water will not collect behind it, then there is no need for sheathing
paper. If water that runs down between the masonry and the insulation
is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation, such insulation
will not act as a substitute for sheathing paper. If water cannot
leak through the joints in the insulation but collects in cavities
between the masonry and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage
the wall. Where sheathing paper is not used, therefore, the adhesive
or mortar should be applied to form a continuous bond between the
masonry and the insulation. If this is not practicable because of
an irregular masonry surface, then sheathing paper is necessary.
A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners
Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry chimneys with metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning
appliances if tests show that such liners will provide an equivalent
level of safety.
A-9.21.4.4.(1) Location of Chimney Top
Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)
Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof
A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys
Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing with metal
anchors, in accordance with CAN/CSA-A370, “Connectors for Masonry,” it is considered to have adequate lateral support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free
standing and may require additional lateral support.
A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials
For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior chimney can be considered
to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere
or unheated space over the majority of its height. All other chimneys
should be considered to be interior.
A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions
The prescriptive requirements
in Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame
construction. Other constructions, such as post, beam and plank construction,
plank frame wall construction, and log construction must be designed
in accordance with Part 4.
A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23
In previous editions of the Code, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) referred to “conventional” wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application of Part 9 has
expanded.
The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still
focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as the main structural elements of
“wood-frame construction.” The requirements recognize—and have recognized for some
time—that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other
than lumber; for example, by foundations described in Section 9.15. or by
steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These constructions still fall within the general category of wood-frame construction.
With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being
incorporated into wood-frame buildings. Wood I-joists, for example, are very common.
Where these components are used in lieu of lumber, the requirements in Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to
these components: for example, limits on spans and acceptable locations for notches
and holes. However, requirements regarding the fastening of floor sheathing to floor
joists still apply, and the use of wood I-joists does not affect the requirements
for wall or roof framing.
Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the
requirements regarding wall or roof framing are not affected.
Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of pre-cast concrete floors on wood-frame walls since these are not “generally
comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ... spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.”
Thus, the reference to “engineered components” in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not
preclude the application of the remainder of Section 9.23. to the
structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding, sheathing
or
bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are
respected.
A-9.23.3.1.(2) Alternative Nail SizesWhere power nails or nails with smaller diameters than required by Table 9.23.3.4. are used to connect framing, the following equations can be used to determine the required spacing or required number of nails.
The maximum spacing can be reduced using the following equation:
where
Sadj= adjusted nail spacing ≥ 20 x nail diameter,
Stable= nail spacing required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
Dred= smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
Dtable= nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1.
The number of nails can be increased using the following equation:
where
Nadj= adjusted number of nails,
Ntable= number of nails required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
Dtable= nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
Dred= smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1.
Note that nails should be spaced sufficiently far apart—preferably no less than 55 mm apart—to avoid splitting of framing lumber.
A-9.23.3.1.(3) Standard for ScrewsThe requirement that wood screws conform to ASME B18.6.1, “Wood Screws (Inch Series),” is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement is intended to specify
the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict the means of driving the
fastener.
A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase “staggering the nails in the direction of the grain.”
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)
Staggered nailing
A-Table 9.23.3.5.B. Alternative Nail SizesWhere power nails or nails having a different diameter than the diameters listed
in CSA B111 are used to connect the edges of the wall sheathing to the wall framing of
wood-sheathed braced wall panels, the maximum spacing should be as shown in Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.B.
| Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.B. Alternative Nail Diameters and Spacing |
||
| Element | Nail Diameter, mm(1) | Maximum Spacing of Nails Along Edges of Wall Sheathing, mm o.c. |
| Plywood, OSB or waferboard | 2.19-2.52 | 75 |
| 2.53-2.82 | 100 | |
| 2.83-3.09 | 125 | |
| > 3.09 | 150 | |
A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams
In these span tables the term “rafter” refers to a sloping wood framing member
which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic space but does not support
a
ceiling. The term “roof joist” refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing member
that supports the roof sheathing and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an
attic space.
Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher
specified roof snow load than shown in the tables, the maximum member spacing may
be
calculated as the product of the member spacing and specified snow load shown in the
span tables divided by the specified snow load for the locality being considered.
The following examples show how this principle can be applied:
- For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 400 mm o.c.
- For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 300 mm o.c.
The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of
support to the inside face or edge of support.
In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of
the horizontal distance between supports rather than the length of the sloping
member. The snow loads are also expressed in terms of the horizontal projection of
the sloping roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line
interpolation in the tables.
These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only.
Where the members are required to be designed to support a concentrated load, they
must be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1.
Supported joist length in Tables A-8, A-9 and A-10 means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the
beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line
interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.
Tables A-1 to A-16 cover only the
most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a wide variety of
other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine stress
rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a
compilation of span tables covering many of these alternative configurations.
Although these tables have not been subject to the formal committee review process,
the Canadian Wood Council generates, for the CCBFC, all of the Code's span tables
for wood structural components; thus Code users can be confident that the
alternative span tables in “The Span Book” are consistent with the span tables in
the Code and with relevant Code requirements.
Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these
tables, including those for U.S. species and individual species not marketed in the
commercial species combinations described in the span tables, can be calculated in
conformance with CSA O86, “Engineering Design in Wood.”
A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame Floors
In addition to the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which
the floor joist span tables are based include a method of ensuring that the spans
are not so long that floor vibrations could lead to occupants perceiving the floors
as too “bouncy” or “springy.” Limiting deflection under the normal uniformly distributed
loads to 1/360 of the span does not provide this assurance.
Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modelling. However, the calculations
for the span tables use the following simplified static analysis method of estimating
vibration-acceptable spans:
- The span which will result in a 2 mm deflection of a single joist supporting a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load is calculated.
- This span is multiplied by a factor, K, to determine the “vibration-controlled” span for the entire floor system. If this span is less than the strength- or deflection-controlled span under uniformly distributed load, the vibration-controlled span becomes the maximum span.
- The K factor is determined from the following relationship:
where
A, B= constants, the values of which are determined from Tables A-9.23.4.2.(2)A or B.,G= constant, the value of which is determined from Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C,Si= span which results in a 2 mm deflection of the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load,S184= span which results in a 2 mm deflection of a 38 x 184 mm joist of same species and grade as the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load.
For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a vibration-controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always equals K3, and for vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.
Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.
Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results
slightly different from those produced by the computer program used to generate the
span tables.
| Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – General Cases Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2) | |||||||||
|
Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.) |
With Strapping(1) | With Bridging | With Strapping and Bridging | ||||||
|
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
|||||||
|
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
|
| Constant A | |||||||||
|
15.5 (⅝) |
0.30 | 0.25 | 0.20 | 0.37 | 0.31 | 0.25 | 0.42 | 0.35 | 0.28 |
|
19.0 (¾) |
0.36 | 0.30 | 0.24 | 0.45 | 0.37 | 0.30 | 0.50 | 0.42 | 0.33 |
| Constant B | |||||||||
| 0.33 | 0.38 | 0.41 | |||||||
| Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | Gypsum board attached directly to joists can be considered equivalent to strapping. |
| Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)B Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – Special Cases Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2) | |||||||||
|
Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.) |
Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring(1) |
Joists with Concrete Topping(2) | |||||||
| Without Bridging | With Bridging | With or Without Bridging | |||||||
|
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
|||||||
|
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
|
| Constant A | |||||||||
|
15.5 (⅝) |
0.39 | 0.33 | 0.24 | 0.49 | 0.44 | 0.38 | 0.58 | 0.51 | 0.41 |
|
19.0 (¾) |
0.42 | 0.36 | 0.27 | 0.51 | 0.46 | 0.40 | 0.62 | 0.56 | 0.47 |
| Constant B | |||||||||
| 0.34 | 0.37 | 0.35 | |||||||
| Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)B: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | Wood furring means 19 x 89 mm (1 x 4) boards not more than 600 mm (24 in.) o.c., or 19 x 64 mm (1 x 3) boards not more than 300 mm (12 in.) o.c. For all other cases, see Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A |
| (2) | 30 mm to 51 mm (1¼ to 2 in.) normal weight concrete (not less than 20 MPa) placed directly on the subflooring. |
| Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2) | |
| Floor Description | Constant G |
|
Floors with nailed(1) subfloor |
0.00 |
|
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m |
0.10 |
|
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less |
0.15 |
| Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | Common wire nails, spiral nails or wood screws can be considered equivalent for this purpose. |
| (2) | Subfloor field-glued to floor joists with elastomeric adhesive complying with CAN/CGSB-71.26-M, “Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems.” |
Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:
- Onysko, D.M. Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors. Project 43-10C-024. Forintek Canada Corp., Ottawa, Canada 1988.
- Onysko, D.M. Performance and Acceptability of Wood Floors – Forintek Studies. Proceedings of Symposium/Workshop on Serviceability of Buildings, Ottawa, May 16-18, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, 1988.
A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings
A beam may be considered
to be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at
intervals of 600 mm or less over its entire length, if
all the load being applied to this beam is transmitted through the
joists and if 19 mm by 38 mm wood strips
in contact with the top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam
to the bottom of the joists supported. Other additional methods of
positive lateral support are acceptable.
For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the
table, straight line interpolation may be used in determining the
maximum beam span.
A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams
The spans provided in Table 9.23.4.3. reflect a balance of engineering and acceptable proven performance. The spans have been calculated based on the following assumptions: - simply supported beam spans
- laterally supported top flange
- yield strength 350 MPa
- deflection limit L/360
- live load: first floor = 1.9 kPa; second floor = 1.4 kPa
- dead load = 1.5 kPa (0.5 kPa floor + 1.0 kPa partition)
The calculation used to establish the specified maximum beam spans also applies a revised live load reduction factor to account for the lower probability of a full
live load being applied over the supported area in Part 9 buildings.
A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
Vibration-controlled
spans given in Table A-2 for concrete topping are
based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring
and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of
not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring,
provides extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use
of a bond breaker between the topping and the subflooring, or the
use of lightweight concrete topping limits the composite effects.
Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Table A-1 may be used but the additional dead load imposed
by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2
kPa, depending on the density of the concrete.
| Table A-9.23.4.4. |
|
| Example | |
| Assumptions: | |
| - basic dead load | = 0.5 kPa |
| - topping dead load | = 0.8 kPa |
| - total dead load | = 1.3 kPa |
| - live load | = 1.9 kPa |
| - vibration limit | per A-9.23.4.2.(2) |
| - deflection limit | = 1/360 |
| - ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging | |
The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively
adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the spans in Table A-1 for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the
joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables
can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans
for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m.
A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams
Figure A-9.23.8.3.
Joint location in built-up beams
A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber
NLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” referenced in Article 9.3.2.1., refers to two special product standards, SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” and SPS-3, “Fingerjoined 'Vertical Stud Use Only' Lumber,” produced by NLGA. Material identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive.
Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture content
of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded
or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing
fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.
A-9.23.10.6.(3) Single Studs at Sides of Openings
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-A
Single studs at openings in non-loadbearing interior walls
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-B
Single studs at openings in all other walls
A-9.23.13. Bracing for Resistance to Lateral LoadsSubsection 9.23.14. along with Articles 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.6.1., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.15.5., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9., 9.29.6.3. and 9.29.9.3. provide explicit requirements to address resistance to wind and earthquake loads in higher wind and
earthquake regions of Canada.
| Table A-9.23.13. Application of Lateral Load Requirements |
||||||||
| Applicable Requirements | Wind (HWP) | Earthquake Sa(0.2) | ||||||
| Low to Moderate | High | Extreme | Low to Moderate | High | Extreme | High | Extreme | |
| HWP < 0.80 kPa | 0.80 ≤ HWP < 1.20 kPa | HWP ≥ 1.20 kPa | Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.70 | 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1 | Sa(0.2) > 1.1 | 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2 | Sa(0.2) > 1.2 | |
| All Construction | All Construction | Heavy Construction(1) | Light Construction | |||||
| Design requirements in 9.27., 9.29., 9.23.16.2. | X(2) | N/A | N/A | X | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Bracing requirements in 9.23.13. | X | X | N/A | X | X(3)(4) | N/A | X(4)(5) | N/A |
| Part 4 or CWC Guide | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X |
| X = requirements are applicable | ||||||||
Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads in Low Load Locations
Of the 640 locations identified in Appendix C of the Code, 588 are locations
where the seismic spectral response acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less
than or equal to 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than
0.80 kPa. For buildings in these locations, Sentence 9.23.13.1.(2) requires only that exterior walls be braced using the acceptable materials and fastening specified.
There are no spacing or dimension requirements for braced wall panels in these
buildings.
Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads
In cases where lateral load design is required, CWC 2009, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative to Part 4. The CWC Guide also
contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of
the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers and
building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.
A-9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands
Article 9.23.13.4. specifies the required characteristics of braced wall bands and their position in the building. Figures A-9.23.13.4.-A, Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B and Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C illustrate these requirements.
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-A
Braced wall bands in an example building section [Clauses 9.23.13.4.(1)(a), (b)
and (d)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B
Lapping bands and building perimeter within braced wall bands [Clause
9.23.13.4.(1)(c) and Sentence 9.23.13.4.(2)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C
Braced wall band at change in floor level in split-level buildings [Sentence
9.23.13.4.(3)]
A-Table 9.23.13.5. Spacing of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels
Identifying adjacent braced wall bands and determining the spacing of braced wall
panels and braced wall bands is not complicated where the building plan is
orthogonal or there are parallel braced wall bands: the adjacent braced wall band
is
the nearest parallel band. Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-A-A illustrates spacing.
Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-A-A
Spacing of parallel braced wall bands and spacing of braced wall panels
Identifying and Spacing Adjacent Non-Parallel Braced Wall Bands
Identifying the adjacent braced wall band and the spacing between braced wall
bands is more complicated where the building plan is not orthogonal.
Where the plan is triangular, all braced wall bands intersect with the subject
braced wall band. The prescriptive requirements in Part 9 do not apply to these
cases and the building must be designed according to Part 4 with respect to lateral
load resistance.
Where the braced wall bands are not parallel, the adjacent band is identified as
follows using Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-B-A as an example:
- Determine the mid-point of the centre line of the subject braced wall band (A);
- Project a perpendicular line from this mid-point (B);
- The first braced wall band encountered is the adjacent braced wall band (C);
- Where the projected line encounters an intersection point between two braced wall bands, either wall band may be identified as the adjacent braced wall band (complex cases).
The spacing of non-parallel braced wall bands is measured as the greatest distance
between the centre lines of the bands.
Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-B-A
Identification and spacing of adjacent non-parallel braced wall bands
A-9.23.13.5.(2) Perimeter Foundation Walls
Where the perimeter foundation walls in basements and crawl spaces extend from the
footings to the underside of the supported floor, these walls perform the same
function as braced wall bands with braced wall panels. All other braced wall bands
in the basement or crawl space that align with bands with a wood-based bracing
material on the upper floors need to be constructed with braced wall panels, which
must be made of a wood-based bracing material, masonry or concrete. See Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2).
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2)
Braced wall bands in basements or crawl spaces with optional and required braced
wall panels
A-9.23.13.5.(3) Attachment of a Porch Roof to Exterior Wall Framing
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-A
Framing perpendicular to plane of wall (balloon construction)
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-B
Framing parallel to plane of wall
A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6) Use of Gypsum Board Interior Finish to Provide Required Bracing
Braced wall panels constructed with gypsum board provide less resistance to lateral
loads
than panels constructed with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber; Sentence (5) therefore limits the use of gypsum board to interior walls. Sentence (6) further limits its use to provide the required lateral resistance by requiring that walls not more than 15 m apart be constructed with panels made of
wood or wood-based sheathing. See Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).
Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6)
Braced wall panels constructed of wood-based material
A-9.23.14.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections
Sentence 9.23.14.11.(2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned.
This has the effect of requiring that the trusses themselves be designed
by professional engineers or architects. Although this is a departure
from the usual practice in Part 9, it is appropriate, since wood roof
trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components
(chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together
to function safely. This complexity precludes the standardization
of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety
of roof designs required by the housing industry.
A-9.23.15.2.(4) Water Absorption Test
A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D 1037, “Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials.” The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300
mm x 300 mm sample when treated on all sides and
edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in the
horizontal position.
A-9.23.15.4.(2) OSB
CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and
the direction of face alignment.
A-9.24.3.2.(3) Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations
Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)
Steel stud header detail
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials
Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since
these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start.
Certain of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate
that their product does not constitute a fire hazard or because the product is
regulated by authorities other than building authorities (e.g., Hazardous Products
Act). However, the Code cannot apply such requirements to some materials and not to
others. Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements are excepted in referencing
these standards.
A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation
For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be short-circuited
by convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density
fibrous insulation is installed with an air space on both sides of
the insulation, the temperature differential between the warm and
cold sides will drive convective airflow around the insulation. If
foamed plastic insulation is spot-adhered to a backing wall or adhered
in a grid pattern to an air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed
at the joints and around the perimeter, air spaces between the insulation
and the substrate will interconnect with spaces behind the cladding.
Any temperature or air pressure differential across the insulation
will again lead to short circuiting of the insulation by airflow.
Thermal insulation must therefore be installed in full and continuous
contact with the air barrier or another continuous component with
low air permeance. (See Appendix Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)
A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls
The addition of insulation into exterior
walls of existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of
damage to framing and cladding components as a result of moisture
accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or no
regard for protection from vapour transmission or air leakage from
the interior. Adding thermal insulation will substantially reduce
the temperature of the siding or sheathing in winter months, possibly
leading to condensation of moisture at this location.
Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result
in rain entering the wall cavity. This moisture, if retained by the
added insulation, could initiate the process of decay.
Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior
to the retrofit of any insulation. Any openings in walls that could
permit leakage of interior heated air into the wall cavity should
be sealed. The inside surface should be coated with a low-permeability
paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior
siding, flashing and caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary
to prevent rain penetration.
A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls
Typical masonry cavity wall construction techniques
do not lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into
the wall space. For this reason, loose-fill insulation used in such
space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency
of loose-fill insulation suitable for installation in masonry cavity
walls can be found in ASTM C 516, “Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation.”
A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation
The majority of moisture problems resulting
from condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces
are caused by the leakage of moist interior heated air into these
spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through the building
envelope.
Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system
of air-impermeable materials joined with leak-free joints. Generally,
air leakage protection can be provided by the use of air-impermeable
sheet materials, such as gypsum board or polyethylene of sufficient
thickness, when installed with appropriate structural support. However,
the integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can
be compromised at the joints and here special care must be taken in
design and construction to achieve an effective air barrier system.
Although Section 9.25. refers separately to
vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these
functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame
construction are often combined as a single membrane that acts as
a barrier against moisture diffusion and the movement of interior
air into insulated wall or roof cavities. Openings cut through this
membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for
air leakage into concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken
to make such openings as airtight as possible. Attention must also
be paid to less obvious leakage paths, such as holes for electric
wiring, plumbing installations, wall-ceiling and wall-floor intersections,
and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.
In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where
the occurrence of condensation will be sufficiently rare, or the quantities
accumulated sufficiently small, and drying sufficiently rapid, to
avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight
element of the air barrier system is not critical; it can restrict
air leakage whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly,
near the inner surface or at some intermediate location. However,
if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier
system also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low
permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully
in order to avoid moisture problems. (See Appendix Notes A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)
In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier
system is the interior finish, such as gypsum board, which is sealed
to framing members and adjacent components by gaskets, caulking, tape
or other methods to complete the air barrier system. In such cases,
special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is not
critical. This approach often uses no separate vapour barrier but
relies on appropriate paint coatings to give the interior finish sufficient
resistance to water vapour diffusion that it can provide the required
vapour diffusion protection.
The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such
innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of
using a continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an “air/vapour
barrier.”
Further information can be found in CBD 231, “Moisture Problems in Houses” (Canadian Building Digest 231), by A.T. Hansen, which is available from the Institute for Research in
Construction, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa K1A 0R6.
A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. Air Leakage and Soil Gas Control in Floors-on-ground
The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.3.(6) regarding the sealing of penetrations of the air barrier also applies to hollow metal and masonry columns penetrating the floor slab. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed or
blocked.
Sentence 9.25.3.3.(6) regarding the sealing of penetrations of the air barrier also applies to hollow metal and masonry columns penetrating the floor slab. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed or
blocked.
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-A
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid
walls
The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(6) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number of proprietary devices that
prevent the entry of radon and other soil gases through floor drains. Some types of floor drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a
nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time the tap is used. This is intended
to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against the entry
of radon and other soil gases.
Sentence 9.25.3.6.(6) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number of proprietary devices that
prevent the entry of radon and other soil gases through floor drains. Some types of floor drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a
nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time the tap is used. This is intended
to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against the entry
of radon and other soil gases. 
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-B
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow
walls
A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Polyethylene Air Barriers under Floors-on-Ground
Air Barriers under Floors-on-GroundFloors-on-ground separating conditioned space from the ground must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of air, radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the
floor.
separating conditioned space from the ground must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of air, radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the
floor.
Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases,
cause problems for the inexperienced finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete
is placed on polyethylene or not, is to never finish or “work” the surface of the
slab while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to the
surface and evaporated. If finishing operations are performed before all the bleed
water has risen and evaporated, surface defects such as blisters, crazing, scaling
and dusting can result. In the case of slabs placed directly on polyethylene, the
amount of bleed water that may rise to the surface and the time required for it to
do so are increased compared to a slab placed on a compacted granular base. Because
of the polyethylene, the excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab
cannot bleed downward and out of the slab and be absorbed into the granular material
below. Therefore, all bleed water, including that from the bottom of the slab, must
now rise through the slab to the surface. Quite often in such cases, finishing
operations are begun too soon and surface defects result.
One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the
polyethylene and the concrete. However, this is not an acceptable solution for the
following reason: it is unlikely that the polyethylene will survive the slab pouring
process entirely intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in
retarding the flow of soil gas if it is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil
gas will only be able to penetrate where a break in the polyethylene coincides with
a crack in the concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably be underlain
by intact polyethylene. On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a
porous medium, such as sand, soil gas will be able to travel laterally from a break
in the polyethylene to the nearest crack in the concrete and the total system will
be much less resistant to soil gas penetration.
To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to
understand the nature and causes of volume changes of concrete and in particular
those relating to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water in a mix is by far the
largest contributor to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential
cracking that may be expected from a given concrete. The less total amount of water
in the mix, the less volume change (due to evaporation of water), which means the
less drying shrinkage that will occur. To lessen the volume change and potential
cracking due to drying shrinkage, a mix with the lowest total amount of water that
is practicable should always be used. To lower the water content of a mix,
superplasticizers are often added to provide the needed workability of the concrete
during the placing operation. Concretes with a high water-to-cementing-materials
ratio usually have high water content mixes. They should be avoided to minimize
drying shrinkage and cracking of the slab. The water-to-cementing-materials ratio
for slabs-on-ground should be no higher than 0.55.
A-9.25.4.2.(2) Normal ConditionsThe requirement for a 60 ng/Pa•s•m2 vapour
barrier stated in Sentence 9.25.4.2.(1) is based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered
normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal
services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities
or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture
indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses,
laundromats, and any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas,
the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable
performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.
A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers
Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located partway through
the insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be
shown that the temperature of the vapour barrier will not fall below
the dew point of the heated interior air.
A-9.25.5.1. Location of Low Permeance Materials
Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation
The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is
generally not critical; the material can restrict outward movement of indoor air
whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner
surface, or at some intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is
generally beneficial, whether or not the particular material is designated as part
of the air barrier system. However, if such a material also has the characteristics
of a vapour barrier (i.e. low permeability to water vapour), its location must be
chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture accumulation.
Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the
assembly or is carried by air leakage through those layers may be prevented from
diffusing or being transferred through the assembly by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not
cause a problem if the material is located where the temperature is above the dew
point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour, the humidity level
in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air, further
accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no harm will be
done.
diffusing or being transferred through the assembly by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not
cause a problem if the material is located where the temperature is above the dew
point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour, the humidity level
in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air, further
accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no harm will be
done.
But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature
is below the dew point of the air at that location, water vapour will condense and
accumulate as water or ice, which will reduce the humidity level and encourage the
movement of more water vapour into the assembly. If the temperature remains below
the dew point for any length of time, significant moisture could accumulate. When
warmer weather returns, the presence of a material with low water vapour permeance
can retard drying of the accumulated moisture. Moisture that remains into warmer
weather can support the growth of decay organisms.
Due consideration should be given to the properties and location of any material in the building envelope, including paints, liquid-applied or
sprayed-on and trowelled-on materials. It is recognized that constructions that
include low air- and vapour-permeance materials are acceptable, but only where these
materials are not susceptible to damage from moisture or where they can accommodate
moisture, for example insulated concrete walls. Further information on the
construction of basement walls may be found in “Performance Guidelines for Basement
Envelope Systems and Materials,” published by NRC-IRC.Cladding
Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different
degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration. They are each installed in
different ways that are more or less conducive to the release of moisture that
may accumulate on the inner surface. Sheet or panel-type cladding materials,
such as metal sheet, have a vapour permeance less than 60
ng/(Pa•s•m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock
seams also has a low air leakage characteristic and so must be installed
outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies clad with standard
residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection as
the joints are not so tight as to prevent the dissipation of moisture.
Sheathing
Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and
different degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration.
Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown
that the temperature of the interior surface of the sheathing will not fall
below that at which saturation will occur. This may be the case where insulating
sheathing is used.
Thermal Insulation
Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a
building assembly, the temperature of the inner surface of this element will be
close to the interior temperature. If the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance below 60 ng/Pa•s•m2, it can fulfill
the function of a vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal
insulating sheathing is installed on the outside of an insulated frame wall, the
temperature of the inner surface of the insulating sheathing may fall below the
dew point; in this case, the function of vapour barrier has to be provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side of the
assembly.
If the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance below 60 ng/Pa•s•m2, it can fulfill
the function of a vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal
insulating sheathing is installed on the outside of an insulated frame wall, the
temperature of the inner surface of the insulating sheathing may fall below the
dew point; in this case, the function of vapour barrier has to be provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side of the
assembly.Normal Conditions
The required minimum ratios given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to
conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and
business and personal services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes
facilities or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture
indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, the
operation of a laundromat or any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas,
the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable
performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part
5.
A-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance ValuesThe air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance values for a number of
common materials are given in Table A-9.25.5.1.(1). These values are provided on a generic basis; proprietary products may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table (consult the
manufacturers’ current data sheets for their products' values).
The values quoted are for the material thickness listed. Water vapour permeance is
inversely proportional to thickness: therefore, greater thicknesses will have lower
water vapour permeance values.
| Table A-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance Values(1) Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) | ||
| Material |
Air Leakage
Characteristic, |
Water Vapour
Permeance, |
| Sheet and panel-type materials | ||
| 12.7-mm gypsum board | 0.02 | 2600 |
| • painted (1 coat primer) | negligible | 1300 |
| • painted (1 coat primer + 2 coats latex paint) | negligible | 180 |
| 12.7-mm (½ in.) foil-backed gypsum board | negligible | negligible |
| 12.7-mm (½ in.) gypsum board sheathing | 0.0091 | 1373 |
| 6.4-mm (¼ in.) plywood | 0.0084 | 23 – 74 |
| 11-mm (7/16 in.) oriented strandboard | 0.0108 | 44 (range) |
| 12.5-mm cement board | 0.147 | 590 |
| plywood (from 9.5 mm to 18 mm) | negligible – 0.01 | 40 – 57 |
| fibreboard sheathing | 0.012 – 1.91 | 100 – 2900 |
| 17-mm (11/16 in.) wood sheathing | high – depends on no. of joints | 982 |
| Insulation | ||
| 27-mm foil-faced polyisocyanurate | negligible | 4.3 |
| 27-mm paper-faced polyisocyanurate | negligible | 61.1 |
| 25-mm (1 in.) extruded polystyrene | negligible | 23 – 92 |
| 25-mm (1 in.) expanded polystyrene (Type 2) | 0.0214 | 86 – 160 |
| fibrous insulations | very high | very high |
| 25-mm polyurethane spray foam – low density | 0.011 | 894 – 3791 |
| 25-mm polyurethane spray foam – medium density | negligible | 96(2) |
| Membrane-type materials | ||
| asphalt-impregnated paper (10 min paper) | 0.0673 | 370 |
| asphalt-impregnated paper (30 min paper) | 0.4 | 650 |
| asphalt-impregnated paper (60 min paper) | 0.44 | 1800 |
| water-resistive barriers (9 materials) | negligible – 4.3 | 30 – 1200 |
| 0.15-mm polyethylene | negligible | 1.6 – 5.8 |
| asphalt-saturated felt (#15) | 0.153 | 290 |
| building paper | 0.2706 | 170 – 1400 |
| spun-bonded polyolefin film (expanded) | 0.9593 | 3646 |
| Other materials | ||
| brick (6 materials) | negligible | 102 – 602 |
| metal | negligible | negligible |
| mortar mixes (4 materials) | negligible | 13 – 690 |
| stucco | negligible | 75 – 240 |
| 50-mm reinforced concrete (density: 2 330 kg/m3) | negligible | 23 |
A-9.25.5.2. Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.5.2
Article 9.25.5.2. specifies that a low air- and vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a vented air space,
or
within the assembly at a position where its inner surface is likely to be warm
enough for most of the heating season such that no significant accumulation of
moisture will occur. This last position is defined by the ratio of the thermal
resistance values outboard and inboard of the innermost impermeable surface of the
material in question.
The design values given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building includes a mechanical ventilation system (between 0.3 and 0.5 air
changes per hour), a 60 ng/Pa•s•m2 vapour barrier, and
an air barrier (values between 0.024 and 0.1 L/sm2
through the assembly were used). The moisture generated by occupants and their use
of bathrooms, cleaning, laundry and kitchen appliances was assumed to fall between
7.5 and 11.5 L per day.
It has been demonstrated through modelling under these conditions that assemblies
constructed according to the requirements in Table 9.25.5.2. do not lead to moisture accumulation levels that may lead to deterioration as long as
the average monthly vapour pressure difference between the exterior and interior
sides over the heating season does not increase above 750 Pa, which
would translate into an interior relative humidity of 35% in colder climates and 60%
in mild climates.
Health Canada recommends an indoor relative humidity between 35% and 50% for
healthy conditions. ASHRAE accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much
drier tend to exacerbate respiratory problems and allergies; more humid environments
tend to support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust mites, which can adversely
affect health.
In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature
and the corresponding temperature on the inside of windows. During colder periods,
indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant condensation on windows. When this
occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess moisture.
Although indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is
warmer, the criteria provided in Table 9.25.5.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for extended periods
in
these colder climates, the ratios listed in the Table may not provide adequate
protection. Some occupancies require that RH be maintained above 35% throughout the
year, and some interior spaces support activities such as swimming that create high
relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.5.2. cannot be used and the position of the materials must be determined according to
Part 5.
It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters
have historically performed acceptably when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over
most of the heating season. With tighter building envelopes, it is possible to raise
interior RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how Part 9 building
envelopes will perform when exposed to these higher
indoor RH levels for extended periods during the heating season over many years.
Operation of the ventilation system, as intended to remove indoor pollutants, will
maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.
Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance
Figure A-9.25.5.2.
Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a
plane of low air and vapour permeance
The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is
illustrated in Figure A-9.25.5.2. The example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been
installed. A vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of the insulation consistent with
Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl siding has an integral drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(c). The position of the interior face of the low-permeance
insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of its thermal resistance
relative to the overall thermal resistance of the wall, and the climate where the
building is located.
Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.5.2. indicates that this wall would be acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example, Whitehorse, Fort
McMurray, Yorkton, Flin Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for
various locations in Canada are provided in Appendix C.)
A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140
mm stud cavity filled with an RSI 3.52 batt, the ratio would be 0.28.
Thus such a wall could be used in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999,
which includes, for example, Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton,
Sydney, Charlottetown and St. John's.
Similarly, if half the thickness of the same low-permeance sheathing were used,
the ratio with an 89 mm cavity would be 0.25, permitting its use in
areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999. The ratio with a 140
mm cavity would be 0.16; thus this assembly could not be used anywhere,
since this ratio is below the minimum permitted in Table 9.25.5.2.
Table A-9.25.5.2. shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to satisfy Article 9.25.5.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating
sheathing. These thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.5.2. but could also be used with cladding details, such as brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal
resistance.
| Table A-9.25.5.2. Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.25.5.2. | |||||||||||
| Celsius Heating Degree-days | Min. RSI Ratio |
38 x 89 (2 x 4) Framing |
38 x 140 (2 x 6) Framing |
||||||||
| Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI | Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm | Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI | Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm | ||||||||
| Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm | Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm | ||||||||||
| 0.0300 | 0.0325 | 0.0350 | 0.0400 | 0.0300 | 0.0325 | 0.0350 | 0.0400 | ||||
| ≤ 4999 | 0.20 | 0.46 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 0.72 | 19 | 17 | 16 | 14 |
| 5000 to 5999 | 0.30 | 0.69 | 18 | 17 | 16 | 14 | 1.07 | 31 | 28 | 26 | 23 |
| 6000 to 6999 | 0.35 | 0.81 | 22 | 20 | 19 | 16 | 1.25 | 37 | 34 | 32 | 28 |
| 7000 to 7999 | 0.40 | 0.92 | 26 | 24 | 22 | 19 | 1.43 | 43 | 39 | 37 | 32 |
| 8000 to 8999 | 0.50 | 1.16 | 34 | 31 | 29 | 25 | 1.79 | 55 | 50 | 47 | 41 |
| 9000 to 9999 | 0.55 | 1.27 | 37 | 34 | 32 | 28 | 1.97 | 61 | 56 | 52 | 45 |
| 10000 to 10999 | 0.60 | 1.39 | 41 | 38 | 35 | 31 | 2.15 | 67 | 61 | 57 | 50 |
| 11000 to 11999 | 0.65 | 1.50 | 45 | 42 | 39 | 34 | 2.33 | 73 | 67 | 62 | 54 |
| ≥ 12000 | 0.75 | 1.73 | 53 | 49 | 45 | 40 | 2.69 | 85 | 78 | 72 | 63 |
References
- Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality, Environmental Health Directorate, Health Protection Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
- ANSI/ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.”
A-9.26.1.1.(2) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs
Decks, balconies, exterior walkways and similar
exterior surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms
do not permit the free drainage of water through the deck. Unless
the surface slopes to the outside edges and water can freely drain
over the edge, water will pond on the surface. When rain is driven
across the deck (roof) surface, water will move upward when it encounters
an interruption.
A-9.26.2.2.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles
Where shingles or shakes have been chemically treated with a
preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material
known to be compatible with the chemicals used in the treatment.
A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards
Drainage of water from decks and other platforms
that effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked
or restricted by guards where significant lengths and heights of material
are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such roof-wall
junctions or roof-guard junctions, water will generally leak into
the adjoining constructions and can penetrate into supporting constructions
below. Exceptions include platforms where waterproof curbs of sufficient
height are cast-in or where the deck and wall or guard are unit-formed.
In these cases, the monolithic deck-wall or deck-guard junctions will
minimize the likelihood of water ingress. (See also Appendix Note A-9.26.1.1.(2).)
A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles
Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed,
the dead load imposed by this material should be considered in determining
the minimum sizes and maximum spans of the supporting roof members.
A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation
Part 5 and Part 9 of the NBC recognize that mass walls and face-sealed, concealed
barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.
Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without
cladding or surface finish, they can be exposed to precipitation for a significant
period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior to the interior. The
critical characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture
transfer properties, such as shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.
Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed
between cladding elements and other envelope components is part of the air barrier
system and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed assemblies are appropriate where
it can be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with respect
to
the health and safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the
provision of conditions suitable for the intended occupancy. These assemblies,
however, require more intensive, regular and on-going maintenance, and should only
be selected on the basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of failure and
all implications should failure occur. Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for
example, should be considered. Face-sealed assemblies are not recommended where the
building owner may not be aware of the maintenance issue or where regular
maintenance may be problematic.
Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection.
The first plane comprises the cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of
the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is intended to handle any
water that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this
water, primarily by gravity drainage, and provides a barrier to further
ingress.
Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and
second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is
designed and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation load. The
second plane of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small
quantities of incidental water; composition of the second plane is described in
Appendix Note A-9.27.3.1. In these assemblies, the air barrier system, which plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is
protected from the elements. (See Figure A-9.27.2.)
Figure A-9.27.2.
Generic rainscreen assemblies
The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is required for residential buildings where a higher level of on-going performance is
expected without significant maintenance. This approach, however, is recommended in
all cases.
The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic
rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen
assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.
A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress
The total prevention of precipitation ingress into wall assemblies
is difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction,
may not be absolutely necessary. The amount of moisture that enters
a wall, and the frequency with which this occurs, must be limited.
The occurrence of ingress must be sufficiently rare, accumulation
sufficiently small and drying sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration
of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation
Precursors to Part 9 and all editions of the NBC containing a Part 9 applying to
housing and small buildings included a performance-based provision requiring that
cladding provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry
requested that Part 9 provide additional guidance to assist in determining the
minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided by cladding
assemblies. As with all requirements in the NBC, the new requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still consider local accepted good practice, demonstrated performance
and the specific conditions to which a particular wall will be exposed when
designing or selecting a cladding assembly.
Capillary Breaks
The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a
capillary break, and quantitative values for those properties, have not been
defined. Among the material properties that need to be addressed are water
absorption and susceptibility to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly
characteristics to be considered are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting
and drainage.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary
break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The minimum 9.5 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction
tolerance.
9.5 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction
tolerance.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on
the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to provide the capillary
break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh materials.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration
that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal siding, without
contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding components and the
loose installation reduce the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped and promote
drying by airflow.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the
demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry veneer walls.
Moisture Index
The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and
drying characteristics of the climate and depends on
- annual rainfall, and
- the temperature and relative humidity of the outdoor ambient air.
Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions to or additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider
local experience and demonstrated performance when selecting materials and
assemblies for protection from precipitation. For further information on MI, see
Appendix C.
A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection
As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of protection consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater or meltwater
to the exterior.
Drainage Plane
Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely
a vertical interface between materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture
down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate to the exterior. It does not necessarily
need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).
For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with
first and second planes of protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a
drained and vented air space. Such construction also constitutes best practice for
walls other than masonry walls.
Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In other than masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen
assembly should be at least 9.5 mm deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.
9.5 mm deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing. Sheathing Membrane
The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve as the inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes a drainage
space at least 9.5 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have to handle only a
very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.
9.5 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have to handle only a
very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.
If the 9.5 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected
to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded to provide greater water resistance
in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing wall.
9.5 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected
to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded to provide greater water resistance
in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing wall.
Appropriate Level of Protection
It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous
space behind the cladding, and with the sheathing membrane material identified in
Article 9.27.3.2., have provided acceptable performance with a range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding, and shake and shingle cladding, for example,
are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have demonstrated acceptable
performance in most conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings, depending
on their profiles, may or may not provide discontinuous spaces, and generally provide
little drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that use a sheathing
membrane meeting the minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed
to high precipitation loads or where the level of protection provided by the cladding
is unknown or
questionable. Local practice with demonstrated performance should be considered. (See
also Article 9.27.2.2. and Appendix Note A-9.27.2.2.)
A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing
The shape of a joint is critical
to its ability to shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints
can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints can drain to either
side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing
of joints requires attention not just to the shape of the joint but
also to the materials that form the joint. For example, even if properly
shaped, the joints in insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing
membrane could not be expected to shed water if the insulating material
absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.
A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
Article 9.23.17.1., Required Sheathing, indicates that sheathing must be installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports
(studs) or where the cladding requires a solid backing. Cladding such
as brick or panels would be exempt from this requirement and in these
cases a double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed.
The exception (Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.
A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding
The purpose of sheathing membrane on walls is
to reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven
rain. Certain types of cladding consisting of very large sheets or
panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating
the need for sheathing membrane. This is true of the metal cladding
with lock-seamed joints sometimes used on mobile homes. However, it
does not apply to metal or plastic siding applied in narrow strips
which is intended to simulate the appearance of lapped wood siding.
Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing membrane
since it incorporates provision for venting the wall cavity and has
many loosely-fitted joints which cannot be counted on to prevent the
entry of wind and rain.
Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform
the function of the sheathing membrane. Where it can be demonstrated
that a sheathing material is at least as impervious to air and water
penetration as sheathing membrane and that its jointing system results
in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water penetration
as the material itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.
A-9.27.3.8.(1) Required Flashing
Horizontal Offsets
Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding
element, there is no joint between the offset and the cladding above. In this case,
and provided the cladding material on the offset provides effective protection for
the construction below, flashing is not required.
Changes in Substrate
In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for
example, where stucco cladding is installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down
over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete foundation and applied directly to it. Such
an application does not take into account the potential for shrinkage of the wood
frame and cuts off the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind the
stucco on the frame construction.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)
Flashing at change in substrate
A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings
The requirement for flashing over openings depends on the vertical distance from
the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared to the
horizontal projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical
distance from the top of the trim increases as one moves away from the centre of the
opening. For these openings, the top of the trim must be taken as the lowest height
before the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)
Flashing over curved-head openings
A-9.27.3.8.(4) Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage
Flashing Configuration
A 6% slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing
drainage. The 10 mm vertical lap over the building element below and the 5 mm offset
are prescribed to reduce transfer by capillarity and surface tension. Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and
vertical laps
Maintaining Positive Slope
Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6% flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the building frame. Similarly,
Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar constructions after expected shrinkage of the
building frame.
For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average equilibrium moisture content (MC) of wood, within
the building envelope assembly, in various regions of the country (see Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)).
| Table A-9.27.3.8.(4) Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.32.3.1.(1) | |
| Regions |
Equilibrium MC, %(1) |
| British Columbia and Atlantic Canada | 10 |
| Ontario and Quebec | 8 |
| Prairies and the North | 7 |
| Notes to Table A-9.27.3.8.(4): | |
|
|
|
| (1) | CWC 2000, “Wood Reference Handbook.” |
For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal
shrinkage is negligible. Shrinkage need only be calculated for horizontal framing
members using the following formula (from CWC 1997, “Introduction to Wood Building Technology”):
Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) x (initial MC - equilibrium MC) x
(.002)
A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint
Many windows are configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only
protection against water ingress at the sill-to-cladding joint—a location that is
exposed to all of the water that flows down the window. In the past, many windows
were constructed with self-flashing sills—sills that extend beyond the face of the
cladding and have a drip on the underside to divert water away from the
sill-to-cladding joint. This sill configuration was considered to be accepted good
practice and is recognized today as providing a degree of redundancy in
precipitation protection.
Self-flashing sills are sills that
- slope toward the exterior where the sills have an upward facing surface that extends beyond the jambs,
- where installed over a masonry sill, extend not less than 25 mm beyond the inner face of that sill,
- incorporate a drip positioned not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the cladding below or not less than 15 mm beyond the inner edge of a masonry sill, and
- terminate at the jambs or, where the face of the jambs is not at least flush with the face of the cladding and the sills extend beyond the jambs, incorporate end dams sufficiently high to protect against overflow in wind-driven rain conditions.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)
Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills
A-9.27.4.2.(1) Selection and Installation of SealantsAnalysis of many sealant joint failures indicates
that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint
preparation and deficient installation of the sealant and various
joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects
that should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments
to achieve a durable application:
The sealant manufacturer’s literature should always be consulted
for recommended procedures and materials.
A-9.27.9.2.(3) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding
Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in thicker cladding providing they
do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5
mm. Thus for type 1 or 2 cladding, grooves must not reduce the thickness
to less than 4.5 mm or 6 mm depending on method of
support, or to less than 7.5 mm for type 5 material.
A-9.27.10.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB
In using Table 9.27.8.2. to determine the thickness of Grade O-2 OSB cladding, substitute “face orientation” for “face
grain” in the column headings.
A-9.27.11.1.(3) and (4) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding
Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,” is required for aluminum siding that is installed
in horizontal or vertical strips. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(4) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” is required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.
A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath
Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces
provided its characteristics are suitable for such application.
A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance
In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may frequently
be splashed or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas,
that the finish flooring be a type that will not absorb moisture or
permit it to pass through; otherwise, both the flooring itself and
the subfloor beneath it may deteriorate. Also, particularly in food
preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions may be created
by the absorbed moisture. Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials
are used in these areas, they should be installed in such a way that
they can be conveniently removed periodically for cleaning or replacement,
i.e., they should not be glued or nailed down. Also, if the subfloor
is a type that is susceptible to moisture damage (this includes virtually
all of the wood-based subfloor materials used in wood-frame construction),
it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed between the
finish flooring and the subfloor. The minimum degree of impermeability
required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1) would be provided by such materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing
membranes (EPDM, PVC).
A-9.31.6.2.(3) Securement of Service Water Heaters
Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)
Securement of service water heater
Seismic bracing of hot water tank
“Guidelines for Earthquake Bracing of Residential Water Heaters” is available from
the California Office of the State Architect and provides more detail and alternate
methods of bracing hot water tanks to resist earthquakes.
A-9.32.1.2.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.1.(1) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.3. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.3.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.3.(3) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.3.(5) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.3.(10) BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.5. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.6. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.7. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.8. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.9. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.10. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.11. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3.12. BC Deleted
A-9.32.3. Heating-Season (Mechanical) VentilationWhile ventilation strategies can have a significant impact on energy performance,
ventilation is primarily a health and safety issue. Inadequate ventilation can lead
to mold, high concentrations of CO2, and other indoor air pollutants, which can lead
to adverse health outcomes. Previous editions of the British Columbia Building Code
relied on ventilation through the building envelope in combination with a principal
exhaust fan. However, with the increased attention on the continuity of the air
barrier system in buildings, builders can no longer rely on uncontrolled ventilation
through the building envelope. In most buildings, mechanical systems will be
required to provide adequate ventilation for occupants.
As described in Article 9.32.3.3., every dwelling unit must include a principal ventilation system. A principal ventilation system is the combination of an exhaust
fan and a supply fan (or passive supply in some instances: see Sentence 9.32.3.4.(6)).
The principal ventilation system exhaust fan is separate from the requirements for
a fan in every bathroom and kitchen. While a bathroom fan may be used to satisfy
both the requirements for the principal ventilation exhaust fan and the requirements
for a bathroom fan, the requirements for each must be met. If the fan provides this
combined function of the principal ventilation exhaust fan and the bathroom fan, it
will also need to have controls that conform to Sentences 9.32.3.5.(3) and (4). Unlike other bathroom fans, the principal ventilation
exhaust fan is required to run continuously and should not have a control switch in
a location where it may be turned off inadvertently.
A-9.32.3.4. Principal Ventilation System Supply Air
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(2)
Forced-Air Heating System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(3)
Forced-Air Heating System with Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(4)
Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(i)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(ii)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(6)
Passive Supply Air Distribution
A-9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) Floor Area Calculation for Passive Supply Air Distribution
The floor area to be calculated for Subclause 9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) does not include sun porches, enclosed verandas, vestibules, attached garages, or
other spaces that are outside the building envelope and do not require ventilation
supply air.
A-9.32.3.8.(1)(a) Deleted
A-9.32.4.1.(1) Naturally Aspirating Fuel-Fired Vented Appliance (NAFFVA)NAFFVA, typically appliances with draft hoods, are subject to back drafting when a
negative pressure condition occurs in the dwelling. The following tables describe
the conditions under which Sentence 9.32.4.1.(1) applies:
| Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)A. Vent Safety — Natural Gas and Propane |
||||
| Fuel Type | Natural Gas and Propane | |||
| Vent Type | Power Vent(3) | Direct Vent(3) | Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) | |
| Appliance Type | Furnace Boiler HWT Fireplace |
HWT Fireplace Heater |
Mid-Efficient F/A Furnace or Boiler(5) | Drafthood Boiler HWT(4) |
| Special Conditions | Located in Air-Barriered Room(1) | |||
| Classification | Non-NAFFVA | NAFFVA | Non-NAFFVA | |
| 9.32.4.1.(1) Applies | No | Yes | No | |
| Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)B. Vent Safety — Oil and Solid Fuel |
||||||
| Fuel Type | Oil | Solid | ||||
| Vent Type | Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) | Direct Vent | Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) | Any | ||
| Appliance Type | Boiler HWT(4) | F/A Furnace Boiler HWT(3),(4) | F/A Furnace Boiler HWT |
Boiler | F/A Furnace Boiler HWT Fireplace Heat Stove |
Outside Boiler |
| Special Conditions |
Located in Air- Barriered Room(1) | Located in Air-Barriered Room(1) | ||||
| Classification | Non-NAFFVA | NAFFVA | Non-NAFFVA | Non-NAFFVA | NAFFVA(5) | N/A |
| 9.32.4.1.(1) Applies | No | Yes | No | No | Yes(5) | No |
A-9.32.4.2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless gas that can build up to lethal
concentrations in an enclosed space without the occupants being aware of it. Thus,
where an enclosed space incorporates or is near a potential source of CO, it is
prudent to provide some means of detecting its presence.
Dwelling units have two common potential sources of CO:
- fuel-fired space- or water-heating equipment within the dwelling unit or in adjacent spaces within the building, and
- attached storage garages.
Most fuel-fired heating appliances do not normally produce CO and, even if they
do, it is normally conveyed outside the building by the appliance’s venting system.
Nevertheless, appliances can malfunction and venting systems can fail. Therefore,
the provision of appropriately placed CO alarms can improve safety in the dwelling
unit is a relatively low-cost back-up safety measure.
Similarly, although Article 9.10.9.16. requires that the walls and floor/ceiling
assemblies separating attached garages from dwelling units incorporate an air
barrier system, there have been several instances of CO from garages being drawn
into houses, which indicates that a fully gas-tight barrier is difficult to achieve.
When the attached storage garage is located at or below the elevation of the living
space, winter season stack action will generate a continuous pressure between the
garage and the dwelling unit. This pressure is capable of transferring potentially
contaminated air into the house. The use of exhaust fans in the dwelling unit may
further increase this risk.
A-9.33.1.1.(2) BC Deleted
A-9.33.4.3.(1) BC Deleted
A-9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
CAN/CSA-B365 is essentially an installation standard, and covers such issues as accessibility,
air for combustion and ventilation, chimney and venting, mounting and floor
protection, wall and ceiling clearances, installation of ducts, pipes, thimbles and
manifolds, and control and safety devices. But the standard also includes a
requirement that solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment satisfy the
requirements of one of a series of standards, depending on the appliance or
equipment, therefore also making it a design and construction standard. It is
required that cooktops and ovens as well as stoves, central furnaces and other space
heaters be designed and built in conformity with the relevant referenced
standard.
A-9.33.6.13. Return Air System
It is a common practice to introduce outdoor air to the house by means of an
outdoor air duct connected to the return air plenum of a forced air furnace. This
is
an effective method and is a component of one method of satisfying the mechanical
ventilation requirements of Subsection 9.32.3.
However, some caution is required. If the proportion of cold outside to warm return
air is too high, the resulting mixed air temperature could lead to excessive
condensation in the furnace heat exchanger and possible premature failure of the
heat exchanger. CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,” requires that this mixed air temperature not be below 15.5°C when the outdoor
temperature is at the January 2.5% value. It is also important that the outdoor air
and the return air mix thoroughly before reaching the heat exchanger. Appendix Note
A-9.32.3. provides some guidance on this.
A-9.33.10.2.(1) Factory-Built Chimneys
Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, certain solid-fuel-burning appliances may be connected to factory-built chimneys other than those specified in Sentence 9.33.10.2.(1) if tests show that the use of such a chimney will provide an equivalent
level of safety.
A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets
The British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation contains requirements relating to lighting that are similar to those in the British Columbia Building Code. The Electrical
Safety Regulation requirements, however, apply only to residential occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in
the Code apply to all Part 9 buildings. Code users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable
provisions of the British Columbia Building Code are followed, irrespective of the limitations in the Electrical Safety Regulation.
British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation contains requirements relating to lighting that are similar to those in the British Columbia Building Code. The Electrical
Safety Regulation requirements, however, apply only to residential occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in
the Code apply to all Part 9 buildings. Code users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable
provisions of the British Columbia Building Code are followed, irrespective of the limitations in the Electrical Safety Regulation.
A-9.35.2.2.(1) Garage FloorSources of ignition, such as electrical wiring and appliances, can set off an
explosion if exposed to gases or vapours such as those that can be released in
garages. This provision applies where the frequency and concentration of such
releases are low. Where the garage can accommodate more than 3 vehicles, and where
wiring is installed within 50 mm of the garage floor, the British
Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation, pursuant to the Safety Standards Act should
be consulted as it specifies more stringent criteria for wiring.
The capacity of the garage is based on standard-size passenger vehicles such as
cars, mini-vans and sport utility vehicles, and half-ton trucks. In a typical
configuration, the capacity of the garage is defined by the width of the garage
doors—generally single or double width—which correlates to the number of parking
bays.
In many constructions, floor areas adjacent to the garage are either above the
garage floor level or separated from it by a foundation wall. Where the foundation
wall is cast-in-place concrete and rises at least 50 mm above the
garage floor, it can serve as the airtight curb. Where the foundation wall is block
or preserved wood, extra measures may be needed to provide airtightness. In many
instances, the construction will be required to be airtight to conform with Sentence 9.25.3.1.(1), and in any case, must comply with Sentences 9.10.9.16.(4) and (5).
Where the space adjacent to the garage is at the same level as the garage, a
50 mm curb or partition is not needed if the wall complies with
Sentences 9.10.9.16.(4) and (5), and there is no connecting door. Where there is a connecting door, if the garage floor is not sloped
towards the exterior, it must be raised at least 50 mm off the floor or
be installed so it closes against the curb. This requirement does not preclude the
installation of a ramp leading from the garage floor up to the door.
In some instances, access to the basement is via a stair from the garage. In such
cases, a curb must be installed at the edge of the stair well and must be sealed to
the foundation wall, curb or partition between the garage and adjacent
spaces.
Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1)
Curb around garage floor at stairs
A-9.36.1.1.(1) Energy Used by the Building
| Table A-9.36.1.1.(1) |
||
| Energy used by the building | = | space-heating energy lost and gained through building envelope |
| + | losses due to inefficiencies of heating equipment | |
| + | energy necessary to heat outdoor air to ventilate the building | |
| + | energy used to heat service water | |
A-9.36.1.2.(2) Overall Thermal Transmittance
The U-value represents the amount of heat transferred through a unit area in a
unit of time induced under steady-state conditions by a unit temperature
difference between the environments on its two faces. The U-value reflects the
capacity of all elements to transfer heat through the thickness of the assembly,
as well as, for instance, through air films on both faces of above-ground
components. Where heat is not transferred homogeneously across the area being
considered, the thermal transmittance of each component is determined: for
example, the thermal transmittance values of the glazing and the frame of a window
are combined to determine the overall thermal transmittance (U-value) of the
window.
A-9.36.1.2.(3) Conversion of Metric Values to Imperial Values
To convert a metric RSI value to an imperial R-value, use 1
(m2·K)/W = 5.678263 h · ft2 · °F/Btu.
“R-value,” or simply the prefix “R” (e.g. R20 insulation), is often used in the
housing industry to refer to the imperial equivalent of “RSI value.” Note that
R-values in Section 9.36. are provided for information purposes only; the
stated metric RSI values are in fact the legally binding requirements.
A-9.36.1.2.(4) Fenestration
The term “fenestration” is intentionally used in Articles 9.36.2.3. (prescriptive provisions) and 9.36.2.11. (trade-off provisions), and in Subsection 9.36.5. (performance provisions) as opposed to the terms
“window,” “door” and “skylight,” which are used in the prescriptive provisions in
Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. that address these components individually. The term
“fenestration” is sometimes used in conjunction with the term “doors” depending on
the context and the intent of the requirement.
A-9.36.1.3. Compliance Options According to Building Type and Size
Table A-9.36.1.3. describes the types and sizes of Part 9 buildings to which the various compliance paths within Section 9.36. apply.
to which the various compliance paths within Section 9.36. apply.| Table A-9.36.1.3. Energy Efficiency Compliance Options for Part 9 Buildings |
|||||
| Building Types and Sizes | Energy Efficiency Compliance Options | ||||
| 9.36.2.to 9.36.4. (Prescriptive) | 9.36.5. (Performance) | 9.36.6. (Energy Step Code) | NECB | ||
|
✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
|
✓ | X | X | ✓ | |
|
X | X | X | ✓ | |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.1.3.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | The walls that enclose a common space are excluded from the calculation of floor area of that common space. |
A-9.36.1.3.(3) Houses and Common Spaces
Houses
For the purpose of Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3), the term “houses” includes detached houses, semi-detached houses, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and
boarding houses.
Common spaces
The walls that enclose a common space are excluded from the calculation of
floor area of that common space.
A-9.36.1.3.(5) ExemptionsExamples of buildings and spaces that are exempted from the requirements of
Section 9.36.
include
- seasonally occupied buildings,
- storage and parking garages,
- service buildings and service rooms,
- unconditioned buildings such as storage warehouses, and
- unconditioned spaces in buildings.
However, note that, where a building envelope assembly of an exempted building is
adjacent to a conditioned space, this assembly must meet the requirements of
Section 9.36.
A-9.36.2.1.(2) Wall or Floor between a Garage and a Conditioned Space
A wall or a floor between a conditioned space and a residential garage must be
airtight and insulated because, even if the garage is equipped with space-heating
equipment, it may in fact be kept unheated most of the time.
A-9.36.2.2.(3) Calculation Tools
The thermal characteristics of windows, doors and skylights can be calculated
using software tools such as THERM and WINDOW.
A-9.36.2.2.(5) Calculating Effective Thermal Resistance of Log Walls
ICC 400, “Design and Construction of Log Structures,” defines log wall thickness as the “average cross sectional area divided by the stack height.” This approach equalizes all log profiles regardless of their size or shape
by eliminating the need to vary, average or round out log thickness measurements,
which would otherwise be necessary to determine applicable profile factors for different
log shapes. The ICC 400 standard lists R-values for log walls, including the exterior and interior air film coefficients, based on wall thickness and wood species’ specific gravity.
A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3) Calculating Gross Wall Area
Where the structure of the lowest floor and rim joist assembly is above the
finished ground level or where the above-grade portion of foundation walls separates
conditioned space from unconditioned space, they should be included in the
calculation of gross wall area. Figure A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3) shows the intended measurements for the most common type of housing construction.
Figure A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3)
Example of interior wall height to be used in the calculation of gross wall
area
A-9.36.2.3.(5) Areas of Other Fenestration
Figure A-9.36.2.3.(5) illustrates how to measure the area of glass panes as described in Sentence 9.36.2.3.(5).
Figure A-9.36.2.3.(5)
Measuring the area of glazing that is not in the same plane
A-9.36.2.4.(1) Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of Building Envelope Assemblies
The general theory of heat transfer is based on the concept of the thermal transmittance
through an element over a given surface area under the temperature difference across
the element (see Sentence 9.36.1.2.(2)). As such, the NECB requires all building envelope assemblies and components to comply with the maximum U-values (overall thermal transmittance) stated therein. However,
the requirements in Subsection 9.36.2. are stated in RSI values (effective thermal resistance values), which are the reciprocal
of U-values.
To calculate effective thermal resistance, Section 9.36. requires that contributions from all portions of an assembly—including heat flow
through studs and insulation—be taken into account because the same insulation product
(nominal insulation value) can produce different effective thermal resistance values
in different framing configurations. The resulting effective thermal resistance of
an assembly also depends on the thermal properties and thickness of the building materials
used and their respective location.
The following paragraphs provide the calculations to determine the effective thermal
resistance values for certain assemblies and the thermal characteristics of common
building materials. The Tables in Appendix Notes A-9.36.2.6.(1) and A-9.36.2.8.(1) confirm the compliance of common building assemblies.
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of an Assembly with Continuous Insulation:
Isothermal-Planes Method
To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing
only continuous materials—for example, a fully insulated floor slab—simply add up
the RSI values for each material. This procedure is described as the “isothermal-planes
method” in the ASHRAE 2009, “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals.”
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Wood-frame Assembly: Isothermal-Planes and Parallel-Path Flow Methods
To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing
wood framing, RSIeff, add up the results of the following calculations:
where
- calculate the effective thermal resistance of all layers with continuous materials using the isothermal-planes method, and
- calculate the effective thermal resistance of the framing portion, RSIparallel, using the following equation, which is taken from the parallel-path flow method described in the ASHRAE 2009, “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals.”:
RSIF= thermal resistance of the framing member obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.,
RSIC= thermal resistance of the cavity (usually filled with insulation) obtained from
Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.,
% area of framing= value between 0 and 100 obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)A. or by calculation, and
% area of cavity= value between 0 and 100 obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)A. or by calculation.
When the values in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D. are used in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of assemblies, they must not be rounded; only the final result, RSIeff, can be rounded to the nearest significant digit.
Example of Calculation of RSIeff for a Typical 38 x 140 mm Wood-frame Wall Assembly Using the Isothermal-Planes and
Parallel-Path Flow Methods
| Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)A. Framing and Cavity Percentages for Typical Wood-frame Assemblies(1) | |||||||||||
| Wood-frame Assemblies | Frame Spacing, mm o.c. | ||||||||||
| 304 | 406 | 488 | 610 | 1220 | |||||||
| % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | ||
| Floors | lumber joists | – | – | 13 | 87 | 11.5 | 88.5 | 10 | 90 | – | – |
| I-joists and truss | – | – | 9 | 91 | 7.5 | 92.5 | 6 | 94 | – | – | |
| Roofs/Ceilings | ceilings with typical trusses | – | – | 14 | 86 | 12.5 | 87.5 | 11 | 89 | – | – |
| ceilings with raised heel trusses | – | – | 10 | 90 | 8.5 | 91.5 | 7 | 93 | – | – | |
| roofs with lumber rafters and ceilings with lumber joists | – | – | 13 | 87 | 11.5 | 88.5 | 10 | 90 | – | – | |
| roofs with I-joist rafters and ceilings with I-joists | – | – | 9 | 91 | 7.5 | 92.5 | 6 | 94 | – | – | |
| roofs with structural insulated panels (SIPs) | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | 9 | 91 | |
| Walls | typical wood-frame | 24.5 | 75.5 | 23 | 77 | 21.5 | 78.5 | 20 | 80 | – | – |
| advanced wood-frame with double top plate(2) | – | – | 19 | 81 | 17.5 | 82.5 | 16 | 84 | – | – | |
| SIPs | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | 14 | 86 | |
| basement wood-frame inside concrete foundation wall | – | – | 16 | 84 | 14.5 | 85.5 | 13 | 87 | – | – | |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)A.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | The framing percentages given in this Table account not just for the repetitive framing components but also for common framing practices, such as lintels, double top plates, cripple studs, etc., and include an allowance for typical mixes of studs, lintels and plates. The values listed represent the percentage of wall area taken up by framing and are based on the net wall area (i.e. gross wall area minus fenestration and door area). If the actual % areas of framing and cavity are known, those should be used rather than the ones in this Table. Rim joists are not accounted for in this Table because they are addressed separately in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(2). |
| (2) | “Advanced framing” refers to a variety of framing techniques designed to reduce the thermal bridging and therefore increase the energy efficiency of a building. Some advanced framing solutions require that some framing components be insulated or eliminated; in such cases, it may be appropriate to calculate the actual % area of framing. Note that using an advanced framing technique may require additional engineering of the framing system. |
The framing percentage values listed in this Table for advanced framing are based
on constructions with insulated lintels or framing designed without lintels, corners
with one or two studs, no cripple or jack studs, and double top plates.
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Steel-frame Assembly
The parallel-path flow method described above for wood-frame assemblies involves simple
one-dimensional heat flow calculations based on two assumptions:
- that the heat flow through the thermal bridge (the stud) is parallel to the heat flow through the insulation, and
- that the temperature at each plane is constant.
Tests performed on steel-frame walls have shown that neither of these assumptions
properly represents the highly two-dimensional heat flow that actually occurs. The
difference between what is assumed and what actually occurs is even more significant
in steel-frame assemblies. The results achieved using the calculation method below
compare well with those achieved from actual tests. The method provides a good approximation
if a thermal resistance value of 0.0000161 (m2·K)/W per mm (or a conductivity of 62 (W·m)/(m2·°C)) is used (this value is associated with galvanized steel with a carbon content of
0.14%).
To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly consisting
of steel framing, RSIeff, use the following equation:
where
RSIT1= effective thermal resistance of building envelope assembly determined using parallel-path
flow method for wood-frame assemblies (use framing and cavity percentages in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)C.),
RSIT3= RSIT2 + thermal resistance values of all other components except steel studs and insulation,where RSIT2 = effective thermal resistance of steel studs and insulation determined using parallel-path
flow method for wood-frame assemblies,
K1= applicable value from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)B., and
K2= applicable value from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)B.
| Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)B. Values for K1 and K2 |
||
| Framing Spacing, mm | K1 | K2 |
| < 500 without insulating sheathing | 0.33 | 0.67 |
| < 500 with insulating sheathing | 0.40 | 0.60 |
| ≥ 500 | 0.50 | 0.50 |
Example of Calculation of RSIeff for a 41 x 152 mm Steel-frame Wall Assembly with Studs 406 mm o.c.
| Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)C. Framing and Cavity Percentages for Typical Steel-frame Assemblies(1) | ||||||||
| Steel-frame Assemblies | Frame Spacing, mm o.c. | |||||||
| < 500 | ≥ 500 | < 2100 | ≥ 2100 | |||||
| % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | % Area Framing | % Area Cavity | |
| Roofs, ceilings, floors | 0.43 | 99.57 | 0.33 | 99.67 | — | — | — | — |
| Above-grade walls and strapping | 0.77 | 99.23 | 0.67 | 99.33 | — | — | — | — |
| Below-grade walls and strapping | 0.57 | 99.43 | 0.33 | 99.67 | — | — | — | — |
| Sheet steel wall | — | — | — | — | 0.08 | 99.92 | 0.06 | 99.94 |
| Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D. Thermal Resistance Values of Common Building Materials(1) | |||
| Air Films | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Exterior: | |||
| ceiling, floors and walls wind 6.7 m/s (winter) | — | — | 0.03 |
| Interior: | |||
| ceiling (heat flow up) | — | — | 0.11 |
| floor (heat flow down) | — | — | 0.16 |
| walls (heat flow horizontal) | — | — | 0.12 |
| Air Cavities(2)(3) | Thickness of Air Space | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Ceiling (heat flow up) faced with non-reflective material(4) | 13 mm | — | 0.15 |
| 20 mm | — | 0.15 | |
| 40 mm | — | 0.16 | |
| 90 mm | — | 0.16 | |
| Floors (heat flow down) faced with non-reflective material(4) | 13 mm | — | 0.16 |
| 20 mm | — | 0.18 | |
| 40 mm | — | 0.20 | |
| 90 mm | — | 0.22 | |
| Walls (heat flow horizontal) faced with non-reflective material(4) | 9.5 mm | — | 0.15 |
| 13 mm | — | 0.16 | |
| 20 mm | — | 0.18 | |
| 40 mm | — | 0.18 | |
| 90 mm | — | 0.18 | |
| Cladding Materials | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Brick: | |||
| fired clay (2400 kg/m2) | 100 mm | 0.0007 | 0.07 |
| concrete: sand and gravel, or stone (2400 kg/m2) | 100 mm | 0.0004 | 0.04 |
| Cement/lime, mortar, and stucco | — | 0.0009 | — |
| Wood shingles: | |||
| 400 mm, 190 mm exposure | — | — | 0.15 |
| 400 mm, 300 mm exposure (double exposure) | — | — | 0.21 |
| insulating backer board | 8 mm | — | 0.25 |
| Siding: | |||
| Metal or vinyl siding over sheathing: | |||
| hollow-backed | — | — | 0.11 |
| insulating-board-backed | 9.5 mm nominal | — | 0.32 |
| foiled-backed | 9.5 mm nominal | — | 0.52 |
| Wood: | |||
| bevel, 200 mm, lapped | 13 mm | — | 0.14 |
| bevel, 250 mm, lapped | 20 mm | — | 0.18 |
| drop, 200 mm | 20 mm | — | 0.14 |
| hardboard | 11 mm | — | 0.12 |
| plywood, lapped | 9.5 mm | — | 0.10 |
| Stone: | |||
| quartzitic and sandstone (2240 kg/m3) | — | 0.0003 | — |
| calcitic, dolomitic, limestone, marble, and granite (2240 kg/m3) | — | 0.0004 | — |
| Fibre-cement: single-faced, cellulose fibre-reinforced cement | 6.35 mm | 0.003 | 0.023 |
| 8 mm | 0.003 | 0.026 | |
| Roofing Materials(5) | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Asphalt roll roofing | — | — | 0.03 |
| Asphalt/tar | — | 0.0014 | — |
| Built-up roofing | 10 mm | — | 0.06 |
| Crushed stone | — | 0.0006 | — |
| Metal deck | — | — | negligible |
| Shingle: | |||
| asphalt | — | — | 0.08 |
| wood | — | — | 0.17 |
| Slate | 13 mm | — | 0.01 |
| Sheathing Materials | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Gypsum sheathing | 12.7 mm | 0.0063 | 0.08 |
| Insulating fibreboard | — | 0.016 | — |
| Particleboard: | |||
| low density (593 kg/m3) | — | 0.0098 | — |
| medium density (800 kg/m3) | — | 0.0077 | — |
| high density (993 kg/m3) | — | 0.0059 | — |
| Plywood – generic softwood | 9.5 mm | 0.0087 | 0.083 |
| 11 mm | 0.096 | ||
| 12.5 mm | 0.109 | ||
| 15.5 mm | 0.135 | ||
| 18.5 mm | 0.161 | ||
| Plywood – Douglas fir | 9.5 mm | 0.0111 | 0.105 |
| 11 mm | 0.122 | ||
| 12.5 mm | 0.139 | ||
| 15.5 mm | 0.172 | ||
| 18.5 mm | 0.205 | ||
| Sheet materials: | |||
| permeable felt | — | — | 0.011 |
| seal, 2 layers of mopped (0.73 kg/m3) | — | — | 0.210 |
| seal, plastic film | — | — | negligible |
| Waferboard (705 kg/m3) | — | 0.0095 | — |
| Oriented strandboard (OSB) | 9.5 mm | 0.0098 | 0.093 |
| 11 mm | 0.108 | ||
| Insulation Materials(6) | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Blanket and batt: rock or glass mineral fibre (CAN/ULC-S702) | |||
| R12 | 89/92 mm | — | 2.11 |
| R14 | 89/92 mm | — | 2.46 |
| R19(7) (R20 compressed) | 140 mm | — | 3.34 |
| R20 | 152 mm | — | 3.52 |
| R22 | 140/152 mm | — | 3.87 |
| R22.5 | 152 mm | — | 3.96 |
| R24 | 140/152 mm | — | 4.23 |
| R28 | 178/216 mm | — | 4.93 |
| R31 | 241 mm | — | 5.46 |
| R35 | 267 mm | — | 6.16 |
| R40 | 279/300 mm | — | 7.04 |
| Boards and slabs: | |||
| Roof board | — | 0.018 | — |
| Building board or ceiling tile, lay-in panel | — | 0.016 | — |
| Polyisocyanurate/polyurethane-faced sheathing: Types 1, 2 and 3 (CAN/ULC-S704) | |||
| permeably faced | 25 mm | 0.03818 | 0.97 |
| 50 mm | 0.0360 | 1.80 | |
| impermeably faced | 25 mm | 0.03937 | 1.00 |
| 50 mm | 0.0374 | 1.87 | |
| Expanded polystyrene (CAN/ULC-S701)(8) | |||
| Type 1 | 25 mm | 0.026 | 0.65 |
| Type 2 | 25 mm | 0.028 | 0.71 |
| Type 3 | 25 mm | 0.030 | 0.76 |
| Extruded polystyrene: Types 2, 3 and 4 (CAN/ULC-S701) | 25 mm | 0.035 | 0.88 |
| 50 mm | 0.0336 | 1.68 | |
| Semi-rigid glass fibre wall/roof insulation (48 kg/m3) | 25 mm | 0.0298 | 0.757 |
| Semi-rigid rock wool wall insulation (56 kg/m3) | 25 mm | 0.0277 | 0.704 |
| Loose-fill insulation | |||
| Cellulose (CAN/ULC-S703) | — | 0.025 | — |
| Glass fibre loose fill insulation for attics (CAN/ULC-S702) | 112 to 565 mm | 0.01875 | — |
| Glass fibre loose fill insulation for walls (CAN/ULC-S702) | 89 mm | 0.02865 | 2.55 |
| 140 mm | 0.0289 | 4.05 | |
| 152 mm | 0.030 | 4.23 | |
| Perlite | — | 0.019 | — |
| Vermiculite | — | 0.015 | — |
| Spray-applied insulation | |||
| Sprayed polyurethane foam | |||
| medium density (CAN/ULC-S705.1) | 25 mm | 0.036 | 0.90 |
| 50 mm | 0.036 | 1.80 | |
| light density (CAN/ULC-S712.1) | 25 mm | 0.026 | 0.65 |
| Sprayed cellulosic fibre (CAN/ULC-S703) | settled thickness | 0.024 | — |
| Spray-applied glass-fibre insulation (CAN/ULC-S702) | |||
| density: 16 kg/m3 | 89 mm | 0.025 | 2.30 |
| 140 mm | 0.025 | 3.53 | |
| density: 28.8 kg/m3 | 89 mm | 0.029 | 2.64 |
| 140 mm | 0.029 | 4.06 | |
| Structural Materials | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Concrete | |||
| Low-density aggregate | |||
| expanded shale, clay, slate or slags, cinders (1 600 kg/m3) | — | 0.0013 | — |
| perlite, vermiculite, and polystyrene bead (480 kg/m3) | — | 0.0063 | — |
| Normal-density aggregate | |||
| sand and gravel or stone aggregate (2 400 kg/m3) | — | 0.0004 | — |
| Hardwood (9)(10) | |||
| Ash | — | 0.0063 | — |
| Birch | — | 0.0055 | — |
| Maple | — | 0.0063 | — |
| Oak | — | 0.0056 | — |
| Softwood(9)(10) | |||
| Amabilis fir | — | 0.0080 | — |
| California redwood | — | 0.0089 | — |
| Douglas fir-larch | — | 0.0069 | — |
| Eastern white cedar | — | 0.0099 | — |
| Eastern white pine | — | 0.0092 | — |
| Hemlock-fir | — | 0.0084 | — |
| Lodgepole pine | — | 0.0082 | — |
| Red pine | — | 0.0077 | — |
| Western hemlock | — | 0.0074 | — |
| Western red cedar | — | 0.0102 | — |
| White spruce | — | 0.0097 | — |
| Yellow cyprus-cedar | — | 0.0077 | — |
| Wood, structural framing, spruce-pine-fir (11) | — | 0.0085 | — |
| Steel, galvanized sheet, 0.14% carbon content | — | 0.0000161 | — |
| Concrete Blocks | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Limestone aggregate with 2 cores | |||
| cores filled with perlite | 190 mm | — | 0.37 |
| 290 mm | — | 0.65 | |
| Light-weight units (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag aggregate) with 2 or 3 cores | |||
| no insulation in cores | 90 mm | — | 0.24 |
| 140 mm | — | 0.30 | |
| 190 mm | — | 0.32 | |
| 240 mm | — | 0.33 | |
| 290 mm | — | 0.41 | |
| cores filled with perlite | 140 mm | — | 0.74 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.99 | |
| 290 mm | — | 1.35 | |
| cores filled with vermiculite | 140 mm | — | 0.58 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.81 | |
| 240 mm | — | 0.98 | |
| 290 mm | — | 1.06 | |
| cores filled with molded EPS beads | 190 mm | — | 0.85 |
| molded EPS inserts in cores | 190 mm | — | 0.62 |
| Medium-weight units (combination of normal- and low-mass aggregate) with 2 or 3 cores | |||
| no insulation in cores | 190 mm | — | 0.26 |
| cores filled with molded EPS beads | 190 mm | — | 0.56 |
| molded EPS inserts in cores | 190 mm | — | 0.47 |
| cores filled with perlite | 190 mm | — | 0.53 |
| cores filled with vermiculite | 190 mm | — | 0.58 |
| Normal-weight units (sand and gravel aggregate) with 2 or 3 cores | |||
| no insulation in cores | 90 mm | — | 0.17 |
| 140 mm | — | 0.19 | |
| 190 mm | — | 0.21 | |
| 240 mm | — | 0.24 | |
| 290 mm | — | 0.26 | |
| cores filled with perlite | 190 mm | — | 0.35 |
| cores filled with vermiculite | 140 mm | — | 0.40 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.51 | |
| 240 mm | — | 0.61 | |
| 290 mm | — | 0.69 | |
| Hollow Clay Bricks | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Multi-cored without insulation in cores | 90 mm | — | 0.27 |
| Rectangular 2-core | |||
| no insulation in cores | 140 mm | — | 0.39 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.41 | |
| 290 mm | — | 0.47 | |
| cores filled with vermiculite | 140 mm | — | 0.65 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.86 | |
| 290 mm | — | 1.29 | |
| Rectangular 3-core | |||
| no insulation in cores | 90 mm | — | 0.35 |
| 140 mm | — | 0.38 | |
| 190 mm | — | 0.41 | |
| 240 mm | — | 0.43 | |
| 290 mm | — | 0.45 | |
| cores filled with vermiculite | 140 mm | — | 0.68 |
| 190 mm | — | 0.86 | |
| 240 mm | — | 1.06 | |
| 290 mm | — | 1.19 | |
| Interior Finish Materials(12) | Thickness of Material | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W per mm | Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2·K)/W for thickness listed |
| Gypsum board | — | 0.0061 | — |
| Hardboard – medium-density (800 kg/m3) | — | 0.0095 | — |
| Interior finish (plank, tile) board | — | 0.0198 | — |
| Particleboard | |||
| low-density (590 kg/m3) | — | 0.0098 | — |
| medium-density (800 kg/m3) | — | 0.0074 | — |
| high-density (1 000 kg/m3) | — | 0.0059 | — |
| underlay | 15.9 mm | — | 0.140 |
| Plywood | — | 0.0087 | — |
| Flooring material | |||
| Carpet and fibrous pad | — | — | 0.370 |
| Carpet and rubber pad | — | — | 0.220 |
| Cork tile | 3.2 mm | — | 0.049 |
| Hardwood flooring | 19 mm | — | 0.120 |
| Terrazzo | 25 mm | — | 0.014 |
| Tile (linoleum, vinyl, rubber) | — | — | 0.009 |
| Tile (ceramic) | 9.5 mm | — | 0.005 |
| Wood subfloor | 19 mm | — | 0.170 |
| Plastering | |||
| Cement plaster: sand aggregate | — | 0.0014 | — |
| Gypsum plaster | |||
| low-density aggregate | — | 0.0044 | — |
| sand aggregate | — | 0.0012 | — |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | The thermal resistance values given in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D. are generic values for the materials listed or minimum acceptable values taken from the standards listed. Values published by manufacturers for their proprietary materials may differ slightly but are permitted to be used, provided they were obtained in accordance with the test methods referenced in Article 9.36.2.2. For materials not listed in the Table or where the listed value does not reflect the thickness of the product, the thermal resistance value has to be calculated by dividing the material’s thickness, in m, by its conductivity, in W/(m·K), which can be found in the manufacturer’s literature. |
| (2) | RSI values can be interpolated for air cavity sizes that fall between 9.5 and 90 mm, and they can be moderately extrapolated for air cavities measuring more than 90 mm. However, air cavities measuring less than 9.5 mm cannot be included in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of the assembly. |
| (3) | Where strapping is installed, use the RSI value for an air layer of equivalent thickness. |
| (4) | Reflective insulation material may contribute a thermal property value depending on its location and installation within an assembly. Where a value is obtained through evaluation carried out in accordance with Clause 9.36.2.2.(4)(b), it may be included in the calculation of the thermal resistance or transmittance of the specific assembly. |
| (5) | Materials installed towards the exterior of a vented air space in a roof assembly cannot be included in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of the assembly. |
| (6) | All types of cellular foam plastic insulation manufactured to be able to retain a blowing agent, other than air, for a period longer than 180 days shall be tested for long-term thermal resistance (LTTR) in accordance with CAN/ULC-S770, “Determination of Long-Term Thermal Resistance of Closed-Cell Thermal Insulating Foams.” This LTTR value shall be input as the design thermal resistance value for the purpose of energy calculations in Section 9.36. Product standards contain a baseline LTTR for a thickness of 50 mm, from which the LTTR for other thicknesses can be calculated. |
| (7) | An RSI 3.52 (R20) batt compressed into a 140 mm cavity has a thermal resistance value of 3.34 (R19); if installed uncompressed in a 152 mm cavity (e.g. in a metal stud assembly), it will retain its full thermal resistance value of 3.52 (m2·K)/W. |
| (8) | Expanded polystyrene insulation is not manufactured to be able to retain a blowing agent; it is therefore not necessary to test its LTTR. See (9). |
| (9) | The thermal resistance values for wood species are based on a moisture content (MC) of 12%. In Canada, equilibrium moisture content for wood in buildings ranges from 8-14%. The difference between the thermal properties of wood species with 12% MC and those with 14% MC is negligible. |
| (10) | For wood species not listed in the Table, the RSI value of a wood species of equal or greater density (or specific gravity (relative density)) can be used since the thermal resistance of wood is directly related to its density (higher density wood has a lower thermal resistance). |
| (11) | 0.0085 is considered a common value for structural softwood (see also ASHRAE 2009, “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals”). |
| (12) | Materials installed towards the interior of a conditioned air space cannot be included in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of the assembly. |
A-9.36.2.4.(3) Calculating Thermal Resistance of Major Structural Penetrations
Projecting slabs contribute a large area to the 2% exclusion so calculation and
analysis of the heat loss through the area they penetrate should be carried out;
where construction features only occasional penetrations by beams or joists, the
heat loss is less critical to the overall energy performance of a building. Although
the 2% exemption is based on gross wall area, it applies to penetrations through any
building envelope assembly.
A-9.36.2.4.(4) Credit for Unheated Spaces Protecting the Building Envelope
The reduction in RSI afforded by Sentence 9.36.2.4.(4) is intended to provide a simple credit under the prescriptive path for any unheated space that protects a component of the
building envelope. The credited value is conservative because it cannot take into
account the construction of the enclosure surrounding the unheated space, which may
or may not comply with the Code; as such, too many variables, such as its size or
airtightness, may negate any higher credit that could be allowed.
There may be simulation tools that can be used under the performance path to
provide a better assessment of the effect of an indirectly heated space; these tools
may be used to calculate the credit more accurately when an unheated space is
designed to provide significantly better protection than the worst-case situation
assumed here. Vented spaces, such as attic and roof spaces or crawl spaces, are
considered as exterior spaces; the RSI-value credit allowed in Sentence 9.36.2.4.(4) can therefore not be applied in the calculation of the effective thermal resistance of
assemblies separating conditioned spaces from vented spaces.
A-9.36.2.5.(1) Continuity of Insulation
Sentence 9.36.2.5.(1) is intended to apply to building components such as partitions, chimneys, fireplaces, and columns and beams that are embedded along exterior walls, but not
to
stud framing and ends of joists. Studs and joists in frame construction are not
considered to break the continuity of the insulation because the method for
calculating the effective thermal resistance of such assemblies, which is described
in Appendix Note A-9.36.2.4.(1), takes their presence into consideration.
The rest of Article 9.36.2.5. contains exceptions to Sentence (1): Sentences (2) to (8) introduce relaxations for various construction details while Sentence (9) allows a complete exemption to the requirements in Sentence (1) for three specific construction details. Balcony and canopy slabs are also exempt from the requirements in Sentence (1) because their presence is permitted to be disregarded when calculating the overall effective
thermal resistance of walls they penetrate.
A-9.36.2.5.(2) Thermal Bridging
Sentence 9.36.2.5.(2) aims to minimize thermal bridging within the building envelope, which occurs when building elements conduct more heat than the
insulated portion of the building envelope, which can lead to significant heat
loss through the thermal bridge. The most typical case to which Clause 9.36.2.5.(2)(a) applies is that of a firewall that must completely
penetrate the building envelope (see Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-A). Figures A-9.36.2.5.(2)-B and A-9.36.2.5.(2)-C illustrate the insulation options presented in Clauses 9.36.2.5.(2)(b) and (c).
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-A
Penetrating element insulated on both sides
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-B
Penetrating element insulated within exterior wall
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-C
Penetrating element insulated within itself
A-9.36.2.5.(3) Insulation of Masonry Fireplaces
The two insulation options for masonry fireplaces and flues presented in Sentence 9.36.2.5.(3) are consistent with those presented in Sentences 9.36.2.5.(2) and (4) with the exception of the option to insulate the sides of the penetrating element to 4 times the thickness of
the penetrated wall, which would not be an energy-efficient option in cases where
the penetration by the fireplace or flue is several feet wide.Figures A-9.36.2.5.(3)-A and A-9.36.2.5.(3)-B illustrate the options for achieving a continuously insulated exterior wall where it is penetrated by a masonry
fireplace or flue.
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(3)-A
Masonry fireplace insulated within itself
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(3)-B
Masonry fireplace insulated within plane of insulation of exterior
wall
A-9.36.2.5.(5) Maintaining Continuity of Insulation
An example to which Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5) does not apply is that of a foundation wall that is insulated on the inside and the insulation continues
through the joist cavity and into the wall assembly. An example to which Sentence (5) does apply is a foundation wall that is insulated on the outside below grade and on the inside above grade, in which case
the distance separating the two planes of insulation is the thickness of the
foundation wall.
In the configuration described in Sentence (5), the top of the foundation wall might also be required to be insulated to reduce the
effect of thermal bridging through it. Insulation is not required to be overlapped
as stated in Sentence (5) in cases where the joist cavities on top of the foundation wall are filled with insulation.
For cast-in-place concrete foundation walls, Sentence (5) ensures that the continuity of the insulation is maintained at every section across the wall.
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(5)-A
Application of Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5) to a cast-in-place concrete foundation
wall
In the case of hollow-core masonry walls, the effect of convection in the cores
needs to be addressed. The cores of the block course that coincide with the
respective lowest and highest ends of each plane of insulation should be filled
with grout, mortar or insulation to reduce convection within the cores, which
could short-circuit the insulation’s function.
Figure A-9.36.2.5.(5)-B
Application of Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5) to a hollow-core masonry foundation
wall
A-9.36.2.5.(6) Effective Thermal Resistance at Projected Area
Sentence 9.36.2.5.(6) does not apply to components that completely penetrate the building envelope, such as air intake or exhaust ducts. However, it does apply
to components that are installed within or partially within the building envelope
but that don’t penetrate to the outdoors, and to any piece of equipment that is
merely recessed into the wall.
A-9.36.2.5.(8) Effective Thermal Resistance at Joints in the Building Envelope
Sentence 9.36.2.5.(8) calls for continuity of the effective thermal resistance at the junction between two components of the building envelope, such as
a wall with another wall, a wall with a roof, or a wall with a window. For example,
where the gap is between a door frame (required U-value 1.8 = RSI value 0.56) and
the rough framing members (required RSI value 2.93), it would have to be insulated
to the RSI value of the door as a minimum. However, completely filling the gap with
insulation may not be necessary as this may in fact compromise the rainscreen
principle where required. Care should therefore be taken when installing insulation
between windows, doors and walls.
A-9.36.2.6.(1) Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies
Building Envelope Insulation and Ventilation Options
Although the Code does not present any formal trade-off options between the
building envelope requirements and the ventilation or water-heating
requirements, Tables 9.36.2.6.A. and 9.36.2.6.B. recognize that the same level of energy performance can be achieved through two different combinations of
building envelope insulation levels and different ventilation strategies. The
insulation values in Table 9.36.2.6.A. are based on mechanical ventilation solutions without heat recovery, while those in Table 9.36.2.6.B. are based on a heat recovery ventilator (HRV) that operates for at least 8 hours a day throughout the year at the minimum required
ventilation capacity. The operation of the HRV affords a reduction in the RSI
values for some assemblies, most notably for walls and rim joists.
Nominal Insulation Values for Above-ground Walls
Tables A-9.36.2.6.(1)A. and A-9.36.2.6.(1)B. are provided to help Code users assess the compliance of above-ground walls with Table 9.36.2.6.A. or 9.36.2.6.B. Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A. presents the minimum nominal thermal resistance to be made up in a given wall assembly for it to achieve the applicable RSI value
required by Table 9.36.2.6.A. or 9.36.2.6.B. The amount of additional materials needed to meet the prescribed RSI value can then be estimated using the thermal
resistance values listed in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D. for the rest of the building materials in the assembly, any finishing materials, sheathing or
insulation, if applicable, and the interior and exterior air films. See the
example given in Note (4) of Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A.
Note that the wall assemblies described in Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A. do not necessarily address other building envelope requirements (see Section 9.25.).
| Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A. Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance (RSI) to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing or Other Materials and Air Films in Above-ground Wall Assemblies |
|||||||
| Description of Framing or Material | Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly | Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by Article 9.36.2.6. for Above-ground Wall Assemblies, (m2·K)/W | |||||
| Nominal, (m2·K)/W (ft2·°F·h/Btu) | Effective, (m2·K)/W | 2.78 | 2.97 | 3.08 | 3.85 | ||
| Insulation in Framing Cavity | Continuous Materials | Entire Assembly | Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance,(1) in (m2·K)/W, to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing(2) or Other Materials and Air Film Coefficients | ||||
| 38 x 140 mm wood at 406 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.36 | 0.42(5) | 0.61 | 0.72 | 1.49 |
| 1.32 (R7.5) | 3.68 | — | — | — | 0.17 | ||
| 3.87 (R22) | None | 2.55 | 0.23 | 0.42 | 0.54 | 1.30 | |
| 0.88 (R5) | 3.43 | — | — | — | 0.42 | ||
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 2.66 | 0.12 | 0.30 | 0.42 | 1.18 | |
| 38 x 140 mm wood at 610 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.45 | 0.33 | 0.52 | 0.63 | 1.40 |
| 0.88 (R5) | 3.33 | — | — | — | 0.52 | ||
| 1.32 (R7.5) | 3.77 | — | — | — | 0.08 | ||
| 3.87 (R22) | None | 2.67 | 0.11 | 0.30 | 0.42 | 1.18 | |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 2.80 | — | 0.17 | 0.28 | 1.05 | |
| 38 x 89 mm wood at 406 mm o.c. | 2.11 (R12) | 0.88 (R5) | 2.37 | 0.40 | 0.59 | 0.71 | 1.47 |
| 1.32 (R7.5) | 2.81 | — | 0.15 | 0.27 | 1.03 | ||
| 1.76 (R10) | 3.25 | — | — | — | 0.59 | ||
| 2.46 (R14) | 0.88 (R5) | 2.50 | 0.28 | 0.47 | 0.58 | 1.35 | |
| 1.76 (R10) | 3.38 | — | — | — | 0.47 | ||
| 38 x 89 mm wood at 610 mm o.c. | 2.11 (R12) | 0.88 (R5) | 2.43 | 0.35 | 0.54 | 0.65 | 1.42 |
| 1.32 (R7.5) | 2.87 | — | 0.10 | 0.21 | 0.98 | ||
| 2.46 (R14) | 1.76 (R10) | 3.46 | — | — | — | 0.39 | |
| Insulating concrete form (ICF), 150 mm thick(4) | n/a | 3.52 (R20) | 3.58 | ����� | — | — | 0.27 |
| 3.73 (R21.2) | 3.79 | — | — | — | 0.06 | ||
| Concrete block masonry: lightweight, 190 mm thick | n/a | 1.76 (R10) | 2.08 | 0.70 | 0.89 | 1.00 | 1.77 |
| 2.64 (R15) | 2.96 | — | 0.01 | 0.12 | 0.89 | ||
| 3.52 (R20) | 3.84 | — | — | — | 0.01 | ||
| Concrete block masonry: normal-weight, 190 mm thick | n/a | 1.76 (R10) | 1.97 | 0.81 | 1.00 | 1.11 | 1.88 |
| 2.64 (R15) | 2.85 | — | 0.12 | 0.23 | 1.00 | ||
| 3.52 (R20) | 3.73 | — | — | — | 0.12 | ||
| Notes to Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | A dash (—) means that no additional materials are needed in order to meet the minimum required effective thermal resistance for the assembly in question; however, sheathing may be required for fastening of cladding or lateral bracing. |
| (2) | Where insulating sheathing is installed towards the exterior of the assembly, low permeance requirements addressed in Article 9.25.5.2. must be taken into consideration. |
| (3) | When RSI 3.52 (R20) insulation batts are installed in 140 mm wood framing, they undergo some compression, which reduces their original RSI value to 3.34 (m2·K)/W (R19). However, when they are installed in 152 mm metal framing, R20 batts retain their original thermal resistance value. |
| (4) | There are many types of ICF designs with different form thicknesses and tie configurations. Where ICF systems incorporate metal ties, thermal bridging should be accounted for. Where permanent wood blocking (bucks) for windows and doors is not covered by the same interior and exterior levels of insulation, it shall be accounted for in the calculation of effective thermal resistance. |
| (5) | Example: To determine what additional materials
would be needed to make up 0.42 (m2·K)/W,
the RSI values of the other components in the wall
assembly are added up as follows:
|
Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)B. can be used to determine the total effective thermal resistance (RSI) value of the framing/cavity portion of a number of
typical above-ground wall assemblies as well as some atypical ones not covered
in Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)A. Additional configurations and assembly types are listed in EnergyStar tables available online at
http://ENERGYSTARforNewHomesStandard.NRCan.gc.ca.
Select the applicable stud/joist size and spacing and the RSI/R-value of the
insulation to obtain the resultant effective RSI value for that frame
configuration. If the RSI/R-value of the insulation product to be installed
falls between two RSI/R-values listed in the Table, the lower value must be
used. Once the effective RSI value of the framing/cavity portion is known, add
up the nominal RSI values of all other materials in the assembly (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.) to obtain the total effective RSI value for the entire assembly. See the calculation examples in Appendix Note A-9.36.2.4.(1) for further guidance.
| Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)B. Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Above-Ground Wall Assemblies |
|||||||||
| Nominal Thermal Resistance of Cavity Insulation | Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Above-ground Wood-frame Wall Assembly | ||||||||
| 38 x 89 | 38 x 140 | ||||||||
| 304 | 406 | 488 | 610 | 304 | 406 | 488 | 610 | ||
| RSI, (m2·K)/W | R, ft2·°F·h/Btu | Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion,(1) (m2·K)/W | |||||||
| 1.94 | 11 | 1.40 | 1.43 | 1.45 | 1.48 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.11 | 12 | 1.47 | 1.49 | 1.52 | 1.55 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.29 | 13 | 1.53 | 1.56 | 1.59 | 1.63 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.47 | 14 | 1.59 | 1.62 | 1.66 | 1.70 | 1.95 | 1.98 | 2.01 | 2.03 |
| 2.64 | 15 | 1.64 | 1.68 | 1.72 | 1.76 | 2.03 | 2.06 | 2.09 | 2.12 |
| 2.82 | 16 | 1.69 | 1.73 | 1.78 | 1.82 | 2.11 | 2.14 | 2.18 | 2.21 |
| 2.99 | 17 | 1.74 | 1.78 | 1.83 | 1.88 | 2.18 | 2.22 | 2.26 | 2.30 |
| 3.17 | 18 | 1.78 | 1.83 | 1.88 | 1.94 | 2.25 | 2.29 | 2.33 | 2.38 |
| 3.34 | 19 | 1.82 | 1.87 | 1.93 | 1.98 | 2.32 | 2.36 | 2.41 | 2.45 |
| 3.52 | 20 | 1.86 | 1.91 | 1.97 | 2.03 | 2.38 | 2.43 | 2.48 | 2.53 |
| 3.70 | 21 | — | — | — | — | 2.44 | 2.49 | 2.55 | 2.60 |
| 3.87 | 22 | — | — | — | — | 2.49 | 2.55 | 2.61 | 2.67 |
| 4.05 | 23 | — | — | — | — | 2.55 | 2.61 | 2.67 | 2.74 |
| 4.23 | 24 | — | — | — | — | 2.60 | 2.66 | 2.73 | 2.80 |
| 4.40 | 25 | — | — | — | — | 2.65 | 2.72 | 2.78 | 2.86 |
| 4.58 | 26 | — | — | — | — | 2.70 | 2.77 | 2.84 | 2.92 |
| 4.76 | 27 | — | — | — | — | 2.74 | 2.82 | 2.89 | 2.98 |
| 4.93 | 28 | — | — | — | — | 2.79 | 2.86 | 2.94 | 3.03 |
| 5.11 | 29 | — | — | — | — | 2.83 | 2.91 | 2.99 | 3.08 |
| 5.28 | 30 | — | — | — | — | 2.87 | 2.95 | 3.04 | 3.13 |
A-9.36.2.6.(3) Reduced Effective Thermal Resistance Near the Eaves of Sloped Roofs
Minimum thermal resistance values for attic-type roofs are significantly higher
than those for walls. The exemption in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(3) recognizes that the effective thermal resistance of a ceiling below an attic near its perimeter
will be affected by roof slope, truss design and required ventilation of the attic
space. It is assumed that the thickness of the insulation will be increased as the
roof slope increases until there is enough space to allow for the installation of
the full thickness of insulation required.
Figure A-9.36.2.6.(3)
Area of ceiling assemblies in attics permitted to have reduced thermal
resistance
A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2) Design of Windows, Glazed Doors and Skylights
The design of windows, glazed doors and skylights involves many variables that
impact their energy performance and their compliance with the Code’s energy
efficiency requirements, such as the type of framing material, number of glass
layers, type and position of low-emissivity (low-e) coating, type and size of
spacer between glass layers, type of gas used to fill the glass unit, and
additionally for glazed doors, type of materials used to construct the door
slab.
Here are a few examples of common window and glazed door constructions:
- a U-value of about 1.8 is typically achieved using argon-filled glazing units with a low-e coating and energy-efficient spacer materials installed in a frame chosen mostly for aesthetic reasons;
- a U-value of about 1.6 is typically achieved using triple glazing but may be achieved using double glazing with an optimized gas, spacer and coating configuration installed in an insulated frame;
- a U-value of about 1.4 is typically achieved using triple glazing and multiple low-e coatings.
U-values and Energy Ratings (ER) for manufactured windows, glazed doors and
skylights are obtained through testing in accordance with the standards referenced
in Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3). The U-value and/or ER number for a proprietary product that has been tested can be found in the manufacturer’s literature or on a
label affixed to the product.
A-Table 9.36.2.7.A. Thermal Characteristics of Windows and Doors
Energy Ratings, also known as ER numbers, are based on CSA A440.2-09/A440.3-09, “Fenestration Energy Performance/User Guide to CSA A440.2-09, Fenestration Energy Performance.”
They are derived from a formula that measures the overall performance of windows or
doors based on solar heat gain, heat loss and air leakage through frames, spacers
and glass. The ER formula produces a single unitless ER number between 0 and 50 for
each of the specified sample sizes found in CSA A440.2/A440.3 (the number only applies to the product at the sample size and not to a particular proprietary window or door). The higher the ER number, the more energy-efficient the
product. Note that the ER formula does not apply to sloped glazing so skylights do
not have an ER value.
The maximum U-values specified in Table 9.36.2.7.A. are based on the following assumptions:
- that of moderate solar gain for each window and glazed door,
- that houses have a mix of picture and sash windows, each of which performs differently from an energy-efficiency perspective, and
- that fenestration area to gross wall area ratios typically vary between 8% and 25%.
A-9.36.2.7.(3) Site-built WindowsSite-built windows are often installed in custom-built homes or in unique configurations
for which manufactured units are not available. Article 9.7.4.1. requires windows, doors and skylights to conform to either the standards referenced in Article 9.7.4.2. or to Part 5. Regardless of the compliance path chosen, the requirements of Section 9.7. and the remainder of Section 9.37. must also be met. Windows, doors and skylights and other glazed products that comply with Part 5 and are installed in a Part 9 building may use the site-built provisions of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(3) rather than complying with the requirements in Sentence 9.37.2.7.(1).
A-9.36.2.8.(1) Nominal Insulation Values for Walls Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground
Tables A-9.36.2.8.(1)A., A-9.36.2.8.(1)B. and A-9.36.2.8.(1)C. are provided to help Code users assess the compliance of walls that are below-grade or in contact with the
ground with Table 9.36.2.8.A. or 9.36.2.8.B. Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)A. presents the minimum nominal thermal resistance to be made up in a given wall assembly for it to achieve the applicable RSI value
required by Table 9.36.2.8.A. or 9.36.2.8.B. The amount of additional materials needed to meet the prescribed RSI value can then be estimated using the thermal
resistance values listed in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D. for the rest of the building materials in the assembly, any finishing materials, sheathing or
insulation, if applicable, and the interior air film. For example, an RSI value of
0.20 (m2·K)/W needed to achieve the minimum RSI for a given
assembly could be made up by installing 12.7 mm gypsum board, which
has an RSI value of 0.0775 (m2·K)/W, and by taking into account the
air film coefficient on the interior side of the wall, which is 0.12
(m2·K)/W.
Note that the wall assemblies described in Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)A. do not necessarily address other structural or building envelope requirements (see
Section 9.25.).
| Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)A. Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance (RSI) to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing or Other Materials and Air Films in Wall Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground |
||||||||
| Description of Framing or Material | Size and Spacing of Wood Framing | Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly | Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by Article 9.36.2.8. for Wall Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground, (m2·K)/W | |||||
| Nominal, (m2·K)/W (ft2·°F·h/Btu) | Effective, (m2·K)/W | |||||||
| 1.99 | 2.98 | 3.46 | 3.97 | |||||
| Insulation in Framing Cavity | Continuous Materials | Entire Assembly | Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance,(1) in (m2·K)/W, to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing(2) or Other Materials and Air Film Coefficients | |||||
| 200 mm cast-in-place concrete | 38 x 89 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 2.11 (R12) | None | 1.79 | 0.20 | 1.19 | 1.67 | 2.18 |
| 1.41 (R8) | 3.20 | — | — | 0.26 | 0.77 | |||
| 2.46 (R14) | 1.76 (R10) | 3.75 | — | — | — | 0.22 | ||
| 38 x 140 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.78 | — | 0.20 | 0.68 | 1.19 | |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 3.26 | — | — | 0.20 | 0.71 | ||
| None | n/a | 1.76 (R10) | 1.84 | 0.15 | 1.14 | 1.62 | 2.13 | |
| 2.64 (R15) | 2.72 | — | 0.26 | 0.74 | 1.25 | |||
| 3.52 (R20)(3) | 3.60 | — | — | — | 0.37 | |||
| 190 mm concrete block masonry: normal-weight, no insulation in cores | 38 x 89 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 2.11 (R12) | None | 1.92 | 0.07 | 1.06 | 1.54 | 2.05 |
| 1.41 (R8) | 3.33 | — | — | 0.13 | 0.64 | |||
| 2.11 (R12) | 4.03 | — | — | — | — | |||
| 38 x 140 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.91 | — | 0.07 | 0.55 | 1.06 | |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 3.39 | — | — | 0.07 | 0.58 | ||
| None | n/a | 1.76 (R10) | 1.97 | 0.02 | 1.01 | 1.49 | 2.00 | |
| 2.64 (R15) | 2.85 | — | 0.13 | 0.61 | 1.12 | |||
| 3.52 (R20)(3) | 3.73 | — | — | — | 0.24 | |||
| 190 mm concrete block masonry: light-weight, no insulation in cores | 38 x 89 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 2.11 (R12) | None | 2.03 | — | 0.95 | 1.43 | 1.94 |
| 1.41 (R8) | 3.44 | — | — | 0.02 | 0.53 | |||
| 2.11 (R12) | 4.14 | — | — | — | — | |||
| 38 x 140 mm, 610 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 3.02 | — | — | 0.44 | 0.95 | |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 3.50 | — | — | — | 0.47 | ||
| None | n/a | 1.76 (R10) | 2.08 | — | 0.90 | 1.38 | 1.89 | |
| 2.64 (R15) | 2.96 | — | 0.02 | 0.50 | 1.01 | |||
| 3.52 (R20) | 3.84 | — | — | — | 0.13 | |||
| Insulating concrete form (ICF):(4)150 mm concrete | n/a | n/a | 3.52 (R20)(3) | 3.58 | — | — | — | 0.39 |
| 3.73 (R21.2) | 3.79 | — | — | — | 0.18 | |||
| Pressure-treated wood frame | 38 x 140 mm, 203 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.33 | — | 0.65 | 1.13 | 1.64 |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 2.62 | — | 0.36 | 0.84 | 1.35 | ||
| 38 x 186 mm, 203 mm o.c. | 4.93 (R28) | None | 2.81 | — | 0.17 | 0.65 | 1.16 | |
| 38 x 235 mm, 203 mm o.c. | 5.28 (R31) | None | 3.86 | — | — | — | 0.11 | |
| 38 x 140 mm, 406 mm o.c. | 3.34 (R19)(3) | None | 2.59 | — | 0.39 | 0.87 | 1.38 | |
| 4.23 (R24) | None | 3.00 | — | — | 0.46 | 0.97 | ||
| 38 x 186 mm, 406 mm o.c. | 4.93 (R28) | None | 3.85 | — | — | — | 0.12 | |
| 38 x 235 mm, 406 mm o.c. | 5.28 (R31) | None | 4.11 | — | — | — | — | |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)A.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | A dash (—) means that no additional materials are needed in order to meet the minimum required effective thermal resistance for the assembly in question; however, sheathing may be required for fastening of cladding or lateral bracing. |
| (2) | Wood-based sheathing ≥ 11 mm thick generally has a thermal resistance of 0.11 (m2·K)/W (R0.62). However, thicker sheathing may be required for structural stability or fastening of cladding. Note that thinner R0.62 wood-based sheathing products are also available (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.). |
| (3) | When RSI 3.52 (R20) insulation batts are installed in 140 mm wood framing, they undergo some compression, which reduces their original RSI value to 3.34 (m2·K)/W (R19). However, when they are installed in 152 mm metal framing or in a wood frame that is offset from the back-up wall, R20 batts retain their original thermal resistance value. |
| (4) | There are many types of ICF designs with different form thicknesses and tie configurations. Where ICF systems incorporate metal ties, thermal bridging should be accounted for. |
Tables A-9.36.2.8.(1)B. and A-9.36.2.8.(1)C. can be used to determine the total effective thermal resistance (RSI) value of the framing/cavity portion of a number
of typical below-grade wall assemblies as well as some atypical ones not covered
in Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)A. Additional configurations and assembly types are listed in EnergyStar tables available online at
http://ENERGYSTARforNewHomesStandard.NRCan.gc.ca.
Select the applicable stud/joist size and spacing and the RSI/R-value of the
insulation to obtain the resultant effective RSI value for that frame
configuration. If the RSI/R-value of the insulation product to be installed falls
between two RSI/R-values listed in the Table, the lower value must be used. Once
the effective RSI value of the framing/cavity portion is known, add up the nominal
RSI values of all other materials in the assembly (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)D.) to obtain the total effective RSI value of the entire assembly. See the calculation examples in Appendix Note A-9.36.2.4.(1) for further guidance.
| Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)B. Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Pressure-treated Foundation Wall Assemblies |
|||||||
| Nominal Thermal Resistance of Cavity Insulation | Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Pressure-treated Wood-frame Foundation Wall Assembly | ||||||
| 38 x 185 | 38 x 235 | ||||||
| 203 | 304 | 406 | 203 | 304 | 406 | ||
| RSI, (m2·K)/W | R, ft2·°F·h/Btu | Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion,(1) (m2·K)/W | |||||
| 2.11 | 12 | 1.95 | 1.98 | 2.00 | 2.08 | 2.09 | 2.09 |
| 2.29 | 13 | 2.06 | 2.10 | 2.13 | 2.21 | 2.23 | 2.24 |
| 2.47 | 14 | 2.17 | 2.23 | 2.26 | 2.34 | 2.36 | 2.38 |
| 2.64 | 15 | 2.27 | 2.33 | 2.38 | 2.45 | 2.49 | 2.51 |
| 2.82 | 16 | 2.36 | 2.45 | 2.50 | 2.57 | 2.62 | 2.65 |
| 2.99 | 17 | 2.45 | 2.55 | 2.61 | 2.67 | 2.73 | 2.77 |
| 3.17 | 18 | 2.54 | 2.65 | 2.72 | 2.78 | 2.85 | 2.90 |
| 3.34 | 19 | 2.62 | 2.75 | 2.83 | 2.88 | 2.96 | 3.02 |
| 3.52 | 20 | 2.71 | 2.84 | 2.93 | 2.98 | 3.07 | 3.14 |
| 3.70 | 21 | 2.79 | 2.94 | 3.04 | 3.07 | 3.18 | 3.26 |
| 3.87 | 22 | 2.86 | 3.02 | 3.13 | 3.16 | 3.28 | 3.37 |
| 4.05 | 23 | 2.93 | 3.11 | 3.23 | 3.25 | 3.39 | 3.48 |
| 4.23 | 24 | 3.00 | 3.20 | 3.32 | 3.34 | 3.49 | 3.59 |
| 4.40 | 25 | 3.07 | 3.27 | 3.41 | 3.41 | 3.58 | 3.69 |
| 4.58 | 26 | 3.13 | 3.35 | 3.50 | 3.50 | 3.68 | 3.79 |
| 4.76 | 27 | 3.19 | 3.43 | 3.59 | 3.57 | 3.77 | 3.90 |
| 4.93 | 28 | 3.25 | 3.50 | 3.67 | 3.65 | 3.85 | 3.99 |
| 5.11 | 29 | 3.31 | 3.57 | 3.75 | 3.72 | 3.94 | 4.09 |
| 5.28 | 30 | 3.36 | 3.64 | 3.83 | 3.79 | 4.02 | 4.18 |
| 5.46 | 31 | 3.42 | 3.71 | 3.90 | 3.86 | 4.11 | 4.27 |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)B.: | |
|
|
|
| (1) | These RSI values are valid where the cavity is completely filled with insulation and they do not account for air space in the cavity. |
| Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)C. Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Below-Grade Interior Non-loadbearing Wood-frame Wall Assemblies |
|||||||||
| Nominal Thermal Resistance of Cavity Insulation | Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Below-Grade Interior Non-loadbearing Wood-frame Wall Assembly | ||||||||
| 38 x 89 | 38 x 140 | ||||||||
| 203 | 304 | 406 | 610 | 203 | 304 | 406 | 610 | ||
| RSI, (m2·K)/W | R, ft2·°F·h/Btu | Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion,(1) (m2·K)/W | |||||||
| 0.00 | 0 | 0.22 | 0.21 | 0.20 | 0.20 | — | — | — | — |
| 1.41 | 8 | 1.17 | 1.21 | 1.24 | 1.27 | — | — | — | — |
| 1.94 | 11 | 1.41 | 1.50 | 1.55 | 1.61 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.11 | 12 | 1.48 | 1.57 | 1.64 | 1.71 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.29 | 13 | 1.54 | 1.65 | 1.73 | 1.81 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.47 | 14 | 1.60 | 1.73 | 1.81 | 1.91 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.64 | 15 | 1.65 | 1.79 | 1.89 | 1.99 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.82 | 16 | 1.70 | 1.86 | 1.96 | 2.08 | 2.12 | 2.24 | 2.31 | 2.39 |
| 2.99 | 17 | 1.75 | 1.92 | 2.03 | 2.16 | 2.19 | 2.32 | 2.41 | 2.50 |
| 3.17 | 18 | 1.80 | 1.97 | 2.10 | 2.24 | 2.27 | 2.41 | 2.50 | 2.61 |
| 3.34 | 19 | 1.84 | 2.03 | 2.16 | 2.31 | 2.33 | 2.49 | 2.59 | 2.70 |
| 3.52 | 20 | 1.88 | 2.08 | 2.22 | 2.39 | 2.39 | 2.57 | 2.68 | 2.81 |
| 3.70 | 21 | 1.91 | 2.13 | 2.28 | 2.46 | 2.46 | 2.64 | 2.77 | 2.90 |
| 3.87 | 22 | 1.95 | 2.17 | 2.33 | 2.52 | 2.51 | 2.71 | 2.84 | 2.99 |
| 4.05 | 23 | 1.98 | 2.22 | 2.39 | 2.59 | 2.57 | 2.78 | 2.93 | 3.09 |
| 4.23 | 24 | 2.01 | 2.26 | 2.44 | 2.65 | 2.62 | 2.85 | 3.00 | 3.18 |
| 4.40 | 25 | — | — | — | — | 2.67 | 2.91 | 3.07 | 3.26 |
| 4.58 | 26 | — | — | — | — | 2.72 | 2.97 | 3.15 | 3.34 |
| 4.76 | 27 | — | — | — | — | 2.77 | 3.03 | 3.22 | 3.42 |
| 4.93 | 28 | — | — | — | — | 2.81 | 3.09 | 3.28 | 3.50 |
A-Tables 9.36.2.8.A. and B. Multiple Applicable Requirements
In cases where a single floor assembly is made up of several types of the floor
assemblies listed in Tables 9.36.2.8.A. and 9.36.2.8.B., each portion of that floor must comply with its respective applicable RSI value. For example, in the case of a walkout
basement, the portion of floor that is above the frost line—i.e. the walkout
portion—should be insulated in accordance with the values listed in the applicable
Table whereas the portion below the frost line can remain uninsulated.
A-9.36.2.8.(2) Combination Floor Assemblies
An example of a floor assembly to which Sentence 9.36.2.8.(2) would apply is a heated slab-on-grade with an integral footing.
A-9.36.2.8.(4) Unheated Floors-on-ground Above the Frost Line
Figure A-9.36.2.8.(4) illustrates the insulation options for unheated floors-on-ground that are above the frost line.
Figure A-9.36.2.8.(4)
Options for insulating unheated floors-on-ground
A-9.36.2.8.(9) Skirt Insulation
“Skirt insulation” refers to insulation installed on the exterior perimeter of
the foundation and extended outward horizontally or at a slope away from the
foundation. In cold climates, skirt insulation is typically extended 600 to
1000 mm out from the vertical foundation wall over the footings to
reduce heat loss from the house into the ground and to reduce the chance of frost
forming under the footings.
Figure A-9.36.2.8.(9)
Skirt insulation
A-9.36.2.9.(1) Controlling air leakage
Airtightness Options
Sentence 9.36.2.9.(1) presents three options for achieving an airtight building envelope: one prescriptive option (Clause (a)) and two testing options (Clauses (b) and (c)).
Air Barrier System Approaches
For an air barrier system to be effective, all critical junctions and
penetrations addressed in Articles 9.36.2.9. and 9.36.2.10. must be sealed using either an interior or exterior air barrier approach or a combination of both.
The following are examples of typical materials and techniques used to
construct an interior air barrier system:
- airtight-drywall approach
- sealed polyethylene approach
- joint sealant method
- rigid panel material (i.e. extruded polystyrene)
- spray-applied foams
- paint or parging on concrete masonry walls or cast-in-place concrete
Where the air barrier and vapour barrier functions are provided by the same
layer, it must be installed toward the warm (in winter) side of the assembly
or, in the case of mass walls such as those made of cast-in place concrete,
provide resistance to air leakage through much of the thickness of the
assembly. Where these functions are provided by separate elements, the vapour
barrier is required to be installed toward the interior of the assembly while
the airtight element can be installed toward the interior or exterior depending
on its vapour permeance.
The following are examples of typical materials and techniques used to
construct an exterior air barrier system:
- rigid panel material (i.e. extruded polystyrene)
- house wraps
- peel-and-stick membranes
- liquid-applied membranes
When designing an exterior air barrier system, consideration should be given
to the strength of the vapour barrier and expected relative humidity levels as
well as to the climatic conditions at the building’s location and the
properties of adjoining materials.
A-9.36.2.9.(5) Making Fireplaces Airtight
Besides fireplace doors, other means to reduce air leakage through fireplaces
are available; for example, installing a glass-enclosed fireplace.
A-9.36.2.9.(6) Exterior Air Barrier Design Considerations
Any airtight assembly—whether interior or exterior—will control air leakage for
the purpose of energy efficiency. However, the materials selected and their location
in the assembly can have a significant impact on their effectiveness with regard to
moisture control and the resistance to deterioration of the entire building
envelope.
A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b) Sealing the Air Barrier System with Sheathing Tape
One method of sealing air barrier materials at joints and junctions is to apply
sheathing tape that has an acceptable air leakage characteristic, is compatible
with the air barrier material and resistant to the mechanisms of deterioration to
which the air barrier material will be exposed. Where an assembly tested to
CAN/ULC-S742, “Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” includes sheathing tape as a component, the sheathing tape will have been tested for compatibility and
resistance to deterioration and will be referenced in the manufacturer’s
literature as acceptable for use with that air barrier assembly.
A-9.36.2.10.(7)(a) Components Designed to Provide a Seal at Penetrations
An example of the component referred to in Clause 9.36.2.10.(7)(a) is a
plastic surround for electrical outlet boxes that has a flange to which sealant can
be applied or that has an integrated seal.
A-9.36.2.10.(9) Sealing the Air Barrier around Windows, Doors and Skylights
A continuous seal between windows, doors and skylights and adjacent air barrier
materials can be achieved by various means including applying exterior sealant,
interior sealant, low-expansion foam or sheathing tape in combination with
drywall, polyethylene, a closed-cell backer rod, or a wood liner.
A-9.36.2.10.(14) Sealing Duct Penetrations
Article 9.32.3.11. requires that joints in all ventilation system ducting
be sealed with mastic, metal foil duct tape or sealants specified by the
manufacturer. Sentence 9.36.2.10.(14) requires that penetrations made by ducts through ceilings or walls be sealed with appropriate sealant materials and
techniques to prevent air leakage. Mechanical fastening of the duct at the
penetration may further reduce the likelihood of air leakage through the
penetration.
A-9.36.2.11. Concept of Trade-offs
The trade-off options presented in Sentences 9.36.2.11.(2) to (4) afford some degree of flexibility in the design and construction of energy-efficient features in houses
and buildings as they allow a builder/designer to install one or more assemblies
with a lower RSI value than that required in Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.7. as long as the discrepancy in RSI value is made up by other assemblies and that the total area of the traded assemblies remains
the same.
Limitations to Using Trade-off Options
In some cases, the energy-conserving impact of requirements cannot be easily
quantified and allowing trade-offs would be unenforceable: this is the case, for
instance, for airtightness requirements (Article 9.36.2.10.). In other cases, no credit can be given for improving energy performance where the Code
permits reduced performance: for example, the Code allows insulation to be
reduced at the eaves under a sloped roof so no credit can be given for
installing raised heel trusses to accommodate the full insulation value
otherwise required by the Code; in other words, the increased RSI value that
would be achieved with the raised truss cannot be traded.
Furthermore, the trade-off calculations only address conductive heat loss
through the building envelope and are therefore limited in their effectiveness
at keeping the calculated energy performance of a building in line with its
actual energy performance, which includes solar heat gains. The limitations
stated in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(6) address this by ensuring that the thermal resistances are relatively evenly distributed across all building
assemblies.
Terms Used in Trade-off Provisions
For the purposes of Article 9.36.2.11., the term “reference” (e.g. reference assembly) refers to a building element that complies with the
prescriptive requirements of Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.7., whereas the term “proposed” refers to a building element whose RSI value can be traded in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.11.(2), (3) or (4), as applicable.
A-9.36.2.11.(2) Trading RSI Values of Above-Ground Opaque Building Envelope Assemblies
Sentence 9.36.2.11.(2) applies where a designer wants to use a wall or ceiling assembly with a lower effective thermal resistance than required by Subsection 9.36.2. in one building envelope area and an assembly with a
compensating higher effective thermal resistance in another building envelope area
to achieve the same energy performance through the combined total areas as would be
achieved by complying with Subsection 9.36.2.
| Table A-9.36.2.11.(2) Example |
||||||
| A designer wants to reduce the insulation in 40 m2 of wall area in the proposed design from the required effective RSI value of 3.27 (R24 batts in a 38 x 140 mm frame, 406 mm o.c.) to a value of 2.93 (R20 batts). The proposed design has 200 m2 of attic space where more insulation could be added to compensate for the lower RSI value in the 40 m2 of wall. | ||||||
| Assemblies Being Traded | Area of Each Assembly (A) | Reference Design Values | Proposed Design Values | |||
| RSI values (R) | A/R Values | RSI values (R) | A/R Values | |||
| Attic | 200 m2 | 8.66 (m2·K)/W | 23.09 W/K | 8.66 (m2·K)/W | 23.09 W/K | |
| Wall | 40 m2 | 3.27 (m2·K)/W | 12.23 W/K | 2.93 (m2·K)/W | 13.65 W/K | |
| Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K | Total A/R value: 36.74 W/K | |||||
| The increased total A/R value for the attic and wall assemblies of the proposed design, which is caused by less insulation in the wall, now has to be compensated for by an increase in attic insulation while keeping the respective areas of the building assemblies constant. To determine the RSI value to be made up by insulation in the attic (i.e. increase in effective thermal resistance of attic assembly), first calculate the difference between the two total A/R values: | ||||||
| 36.74 W/K – 35.32 W/K = 1.42 W/K | ||||||
| Then, subtract this residual A/R value from the A/R value required for the attic insulation: | ||||||
| 23.09 W/K – 1.42 W/K = 21.67 W/K | ||||||
| Adding this decreased A/R value for the proposed attic to the increased A/R value for the proposed wall now gives a total A/R value that is less than or equal to that of the reference design: | ||||||
| 21.67 W/K + 13.65 W/K = 35.32 W/K | ||||||
| To determine the RSI value to be made up by insulation in the attic of the proposed design, divide the area of the attic by the decreased A/R value required for the attic of the proposed design (21.67 W/K): | ||||||
| 200 m2/21.67 W/K = 9.23 (m2·K)/W (R52.4) | ||||||
| Assemblies Being Traded | Area of Each Assembly (A) | Reference Design Values | Proposed Design Trade-off Values | |||
| RSI values (R) | A/R Values | RSI values (R) | A/R Values | |||
| Attic | 200 m2 | 8.66 (m2·K)/W | 23.09 W/K | 9.23 (m2·K)/W | 21.67 W/K | |
| Wall | 40 m2 | 3.27 (m2·K)/W | 12.23 W/K | 2.93 (m2·K)/W | 13.65 W/K | |
| Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K | Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K | |||||
A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3) Calculating Trade-off Values
To trade effective thermal resistance values between above-ground building
envelope components or assemblies, the ratios of area and effective thermal
resistance of all such components or assemblies for the reference case (in which
all components and assemblies comply with Article 9.36.2.6.) and the proposed case (in which the effective thermal resistance values of some areas are
traded) must be added up and compared using the following equation:
where
Rir= effective thermal resistance of assembly i of the reference
case,
Air= area of assembly i of the reference case,
Rip= effective thermal resistance of assembly i of the proposed
case,
Aip= area of assembly i of the proposed case,
n= total number of above-ground components or assemblies,
and
i= 1, 2, 3, …, n.
The sum of the areas of the above-ground assemblies being traded in the
proposed case (Aip) must remain the same as the sum of the areas of the
corresponding above-ground assemblies in the reference case (Air). Only
the trade-off option described in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows a credit for a reduction in window area where the window to gross wall area ratio is less than
17%.
A-9.36.2.11.(3) Trading R-values of Windows
Sentence 9.36.2.11.(3) applies where a designer wants to install one or more windows having a U-value above the maximum permitted by Article 9.36.2.7. and reduce the U-value of other windows to achieve the same overall energy
performance through the combined total area of all windows as would be achieved by
complying with Article 9.36.2.7. (Note that R-values, not U-values as are typically used in relation to windows, are used in this Appendix Note.)
| Table A-9.36.2.11.(3) Example |
||||
| A designer wants to install a large stained glass window on the south side of the proposed house as well as other windows for a total 12 m2 in area. The designer wants the stained glass window to have a U-value of 2.7 W/(m2·K) (R-value 0.37 (m2·K)/W), which is higher than the maximum permitted by Subsection 9.7.3. for condensation resistance, and proposes to compensate for its reduced energy performance by reducing the U-value of the remaining windows on that side, which total 10 m2. | ||||
| Assemblies on South Side | Total Area of Assemblies (A) | Reference Design Values | ||
| R-value (R) | A/R Value | |||
| Windows | 12 m2 | 0.56 (m2·K)/W | 21.54 W/K | |
| Total A/R value: 21.54 W/K | ||||
| Assemblies Being Traded on South Side | Total Area of Assemblies (A) | Proposed Design Values | ||
| R-value (R) | A/R Values | |||
| Stained glass window | 2 m2 | 0.37 (m2·K)/W | 5.41 W/K | |
| Other windows | 10 m2 | 0.56 (m2·K)/W | 17.86 W/K | |
| Total A/R value: 23.27 W/K | ||||
| The increased total A/R value for the window assemblies on the south side of the proposed house, which is due to the stained glass window, now has to be compensated for by better windows (i.e. with a lower U-value than the maximum allowed) while keeping the total area of windows in the house constant (12 m2). To determine the R-value required to be made up by the rest of the windows on the south side, first calculate the difference between the two total A/R values: | ||||
| 23.27 W/K – 21.54 W/K = 1.73 W/K | ||||
| This value (1.73 W/K) now has to be subtracted from the A/R value for the 10 m2 of windows to determine the compensating energy performance needed: | ||||
| 17.86 W/K – 1.73 W/K = 16.13 W/K | ||||
| Adding this decreased A/R value for the windows to the increased A/R value for the stained glass window will now give a total A/R value that is less than or equal to that of the reference design: | ||||
| 16.13 W/K + 5.41 W/K = 21.54 W/K | ||||
| To determine the R-value to be made up by the rest of the windows on the south side of the proposed house, divide the area of the remaining windows by the decreased A/R value for the 10 m2 of windows: | ||||
| 10 m2/16.13 W/K = 0.62 (m2·K)/W (or a U-value of 1.6 W/(m2·K)) | ||||
| Assemblies Being Traded on South Side | Total Area of Assemblies (A) | Proposed Design Trade-off Values | ||
| R-values (R) | A/R Values | |||
| Stained glass window | 2 m2 | 0.37 (m2·K)/W | 5.41 W/K | |
| Other windows | 10 m2 | 0.62 (m2·K)/W | 16.13 W/K | |
| Total A/R value: 21.54 W/K | ||||
A-9.36.2.11.(4) RSI Values of Insulation in Attics under Sloped Roofs
Trade-off Option for Buildings with Low Ceilings
The trade-off option presented in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) relating to buildings with a low floor-to-ceiling height and a relatively low window and
door area to wall area ratio recognizes the proven energy performance of
single-section factory-constructed buildings, which have very low sloped roofs
in order to comply with transportation height limitations. This option is
provided to avoid unnecessarily imposing performance modeling costs. It is
unlikely to be applied to site-constructed buildings or to factory-constructed
buildings that are not subject to stringent transportation height restrictions
because low ceilings are not the preferred choice, and the cost of cutting
framing and interior finish panel products to size would exceed the cost of
meeting the prescriptive attic and floor insulation levels.
Trade-off Calculation
The trade-off option presented in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows the trading of a credit based on the difference between the reference
(prescriptive) and actual (proposed) window and door area. This credit can be
used to reduce the required effective thermal resistance of all ceiling or
floor assemblies (attics).
where
Ri,c/f,r= effective thermal resistance of ceiling/floor assembly i of
the reference case,
Ai,c/f,r= area of ceiling/floor assembly i of the reference
case,
Ri,c/f,p= effective thermal resistance of ceiling/floor assembly i of
the proposed case,
Ai,c/f,p= area of ceiling/floor assembly i of the proposed
case,
Aw,r (17%)= area of windows constituting 17% of gross wall area (see
Article 9.36.2.3.),
Rw,r= effective thermal resistance of windows (see Article 9.36.2.7.),
Aw,p (max.15%)= area of windows constituting 15% or less of gross wall area
(see Article 9.36.2.3.),
n= total number of ceiling/floor assemblies, and
i= 1, 2, 3,…, n.
The sum of Ai,c/f,p must equal the sum of Ai,c/f,r.
The sum of the areas of all other building envelope assemblies must remain the
same in both the proposed and reference cases.
Trading Window Area for Reduced Attic Insulation
Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) applies where a proposed design has a fenestration and door area to gross wall area ratio (FDWR) of 15% or less. The
resulting reduction in energy loss due to the fact that there are fewer windows
is traded for a reduction in R-value for a specific area in the attic where it
is impossible to install the required insulation level due to roof
slope.
| Table A-9.36.2.11.(4) Example |
|||
| A designer wants to use a FDWR of 12% in the proposed design in order to be able to install less insulation in the 100 m2 of attic space. | |||
| Assemblies Being Traded | Area of Each Assembly (A) | Reference Design Values (FDWR 17%) | |
| RSI values (R) | A/R Values | ||
| Attic | 100 m2 | 8.67 (m2·K)/W | 11.5 W/K |
| Windows | 25 m2 | 0.63 (m2·K)/W | 39.7 W/K |
| Total A/R value: 51.2 W/K | |||
| Assemblies Being Traded | Area of Each Assembly (A) | Proposed Design Values (FDWR 12%) | |
| RSI values (R) | A/R Values | ||
| Attic | 100 m2 | 8.67 (m2·K)/W | 11.5 W/K |
| Windows | 18 m2 | 0.63 (m2·K)/W | 28.6 W/K |
| Total A/R value: 40.1 W/K | |||
| To determine the reduction in RSI value permitted for the attic insulation in the proposed design, first calculate the difference between the two A/R values: | |||
| 51.2 W/K – 40.1 W/K = 11.1 W/K | |||
| This residual A/R value can now be used as a credit towards the A/R value of the attic insulation in the proposed design: | |||
| 11.1 W/K + 11.5 W/K = 22.6 W/K | |||
| Adding this increased A/R value for the proposed attic to the A/R value for the proposed window area will now give a total A/R value that is less than or equal to that of the reference design: | |||
| 22.6 W/K + 28.6 W/K = 51.2 W/K | |||
| To determine the new RSI value of the attic insulation, divide the area of the attic by its new increased A/R value: | |||
| 100 m2/22.6 W/K = 4.42 (m2·K)/W | |||
| Because Clause 9.36.2.11.(6)(b) limits the reduction of a traded RSI value for opaque building envelope assemblies—in this case, an attic—to 60% of the minimum RSI value permitted by Article 9.36.2.6., this new RSI value of 4.42 (m2·K)/W for the attic is too low (60% x 8.67 = 5.20 (m2·K)/W). Therefore, the full potential trade-off for this example cannot be used. | |||
| Assemblies Being Traded | Area of Each Assembly (A) | Proposed Design Trade-off Values (FDWR 12%) | |
| RSI values (R) | A/R Values | ||
| Attic | 100 m2 | 5.20 (m2·K)/W | 19.2 W/K |
| Windows | 18 m2 | 0.63 (m2·K)/W | 28.6 W/K |
| Total A/R value: 47.8 W/K (< 51.2 W/K) | |||
A-9.36.2.11.(6)(a) Reduction in Thermal Resistance of Ceilings in Buildings with Low Ceilings
Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows insulation in attics under sloped roofs to be reduced to less than the prescriptive level required for the exterior walls, which
may be less than 55% of the required values for the attic insulation.
A-9.36.3.2.(1) Load Calculations
Subsection 9.33.5. requires that heating systems serving single dwelling units be sized in accordance
with CSA F280, “Determining the Required Capacity of Residential Space Heating and Cooling Appliances” The HRAI Digest is also a useful source of information on the sizing of HVAC systems for residential buildings.
CSA F280, “Determining the Required Capacity of Residential Space Heating and Cooling Appliances” The HRAI Digest is also a useful source of information on the sizing of HVAC systems for residential buildings.
A-9.36.3.2.(2) Design and Installation of Ducts
The following publications contain useful information on this subject:
- the ASHRAE Handbooks
- the HRAI Digest
- the ANSI/SMACNA 006, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible”
A-9.36.3.2.(5) Increasing the Insulation on Sides of Ducts
Table A-9.36.3.2.(5) can be used to determine the level of insulation needed on the sides of ducts that are 127 mm deep to compensate for a
reduced level of insulation on their underside.
| Table A-9.36.3.2.(5) RSI Required on Sides of Ducts where RSI on Underside is Reduced |
||||||||
| RSI Required for Exterior Walls,(1) (m2·K)/W | RSI(2) on Underside of 127 mm Deep Duct, (m2·K)/W | Width of Duct, mm | ||||||
| 304 | 356 | 406 | 457 | 483 | 508 | 533 | ||
| RSI Required on Sides of Ducts, (m2·K)/W | ||||||||
| 2.78 | 2.11 | 4.47 | 4.98 | 5.61 | 6.43 | 6.94 | n/a | n/a |
| 2.29 | 3.74 | 3.97 | 4.23 | 4.52 | 4.69 | 4.86 | 5.05 | |
| 2.64 | 2.97 | 3.00 | 3.03 | 3.07 | 3.09 | 3.10 | 3.12 | |
| 2.96 | 2.11 | 5.70 | 6.75 | 8.25 | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a |
| 2.29 | 4.56 | 5.02 | 5.58 | 6.27 | 6.68 | n/a | n/a | |
| 2.64 | 3.46 | 3.57 | 3.67 | 3.78 | 3.84 | 3.90 | 3.97 | |
| 3.08 | 2.29 | 5.26 | 5.96 | 6.88 | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a |
| 2.64 | 3.85 | 4.02 | 4.20 | 4.40 | 4.50 | 4.62 | 4.73 | |
| 3.85 | 3.43 | 4.67 | 4.84 | 5.03 | 5.23 | 5.34 | 5.45 | 5.56 |
| Notes to Table A-9.36.3.2.(5): | |
|
|
|
| (1) | See Article 9.36.2.6. |
| (2) | See Appendix Note A-9.36.1.2.(3) for the formula to convert metric RSI values to imperial R values. |
A-9.36.3.3.(4) Exemption
The exemption in Sentence 9.36.3.3.(4) typically applies to heat-recovery ventilators and ventilation systems that are designed to run or are capable of
running continuously for specific applications. See also .
A-9.36.3.4.(1) Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
CAN/CSA-B214, “Installation Code for Hydronic Heating Systems,” the ASHRAE Handbooks, the HRAI Digest, and publications of the Hydronics Institute are useful sources of information on the design and installation of piping for heating
and cooling systems.
A-9.36.3.4.(2) High-Temperature Refrigerant Piping
Piping for heat pumps is an example of high-temperature refrigerant
piping.
A-9.36.3.5.(1) Location of Heating and Air-conditioning Equipment
Locating certain types of equipment for heating and air-conditioning
systems—for example, heat-recovery ventilators or furnaces—outdoors or in an
unconditioned space may result in lower efficiencies and higher heat loss. Where
components of a system are intended to be installed outside— for example, portions
of heat pump systems and wood-fired boilers—efficiency losses, if any, have
already been accounted for in their design.
A-9.36.3.6.(7) Heat Pump Controls for Recovery from Setback
The requirements of Sentence 9.36.3.6.(7) can be achieved through several methods:
- installation of a separate exterior temperature sensor,
- setting a gradual rise of the control point,
- installation of controls that “learn” when to start recovery based on stored data.
A-9.36.3.8. Application
Article 9.36.3.8. is intended to apply to any vessel containing open water in an indoor setting, not only swimming pools and hot tubs; however, it does
not apply to bathtubs. In the context of this Article, the terms “hot tub” and
“spa” are interchangeable.
A-9.36.3.8.(4)(a) Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an Indoor Pool or Hot Tub
Sentence 9.36.3.8.(4) is not intended to require that all air exhausted from a swimming pool or hot tub area pass through a heat-recovery unit, only
sufficient air to recover 40% of the total sensible heat. Most heat-recovery units
can recover more than 40% of the sensible heat from the exhausted air, but because
it may not be cost-effective to reclaim heat from all exhaust systems, the overall
recovery requirement is set at 40%.
A-9.36.3.9.(1) Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units
Whereas Section 9.32. addresses the effectiveness of
mechanical ventilation systems in dwelling units from a health and safety
perspective, Section 9.36. is concerned with their functioning
from an energy efficiency perspective.
The requirements of Subsection 9.32.3. can be met using one of
several types of ventilation equipment, among them heat-recovery ventilators
(HRVs), which are typically the system of choice in cases where heat recovery from
the exhaust component of the ventilation system is required. As such, Article 9.36.3.9. should be read in conjunction with the provisions in Subsection 9.32.3. that deal with HRVs.
A-9.36.3.9.(3) Efficiency of Heat-Recovery Ventilators (HRVs)
HRVs are required to be tested in conformance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Rating the Performance of Heat/Energy-Recovery Ventilators,” under different conditions to obtain a rating: to be rated for colder locations, HRVs must be tested at two different temperatures, as stated in Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(b), whereas their rating for locations in mild climates relies only on the 0°C test
temperature, as stated in Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(a).
The performance of an HRV product and its compliance with Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3) can be verified using the sensible heat recovery at the 0°C and/or –25°C test station (i.e. location where the temperature is measured) published in the manufacturer’s
literature or in product directories, such as HVI’s Certified Home Ventilating Products
Directory.
The rating of HRVs also depends on the flow rate used during testing. Therefore, the
minimum flow rate required in Section 9.32. needs to be taken into consideration when selecting an HRV product.
A-9.36.3.10.(1) Unit and Packaged Equipment
The minimum performance values stated in Table 9.36.3.10. were developed based on values and technologies found in the Model National Energy Code
of Canada for Houses 1997, the NECB, federal, provincial and territorial energy
efficiency regulations as well as in applicable standards on equipment typically
installed in housing and small buildings.
In some cases—after a review of current industry practices (industry sales
figures)—the performance requirements were increased from regulated minimums where
it could be shown that the cost and availability of the equipment are acceptable.
Some of the performance requirements are based on anticipated efficiency
improvements in the energy efficiency regulations and revisions to
standards.
A-9.36.3.10.(3) Multiple Component Manufacturers
Where components from more than one manufacturer are used as parts of a
heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system, the system should be designed in
accordance with good practice using component efficiency data provided by the
component manufacturers to achieve the overall efficiency required by Article 9.36.3.10.
A-9.36.4.2.(1) Unit and Packaged Equipment
The minimum performance values stated in Table 9.36.4.2. were developed based on values and technologies found in the Model National Energy Code
of Canada for Houses 1997, the NECB, federal, provincial and territorial energy
efficiency acts as well as in applicable standards on equipment typically
installed in housing and small buildings.
In some cases—after a review of current industry practices (industry sales
figures)—the performance requirements were increased from regulated minimums where
it could be shown that the cost and availability of the equipment are
acceptable.
A-9.36.4.2.(3) Exception
Components of solar hot water systems and heat pump systems are examples of
service water heating equipment that is required to be installed outdoors.
A-9.36.4.6.(2) Required Operation of Pump
The water in indoor pools is pumped through filtration equipment at rates that
will help prevent the build-up of harmful bacteria and algae based on water volume
and temperature, frequency of pool use, number of swimmers, etc.
A-9.36.5.2. Use of Terms “Building” and “House”
Although the word “house” is used in the terms “proposed house” and “reference
house,” it is intended to include other types of residential buildings addressed
by Subsection 9.36.5. The terms “proposed building” and “reference
building” used in the NECB apply to other types of buildings.
A-9.36.5.3.(2) Concept of Comparing Performance
Comparing the performance of a reference house to that of a proposed house is
one way to benchmark the performance of a proposed house in relation to Code
requirements. There are other ways to benchmark energy consumption models: for
example, by setting a quantitative energy target or using a benchmark design. In
the performance compliance option presented in Subsection 9.36.5.,
the user must demonstrate that their design results in a similar level of
performance to that of the prescriptive requirements— an approach that is
consistent with the concept of objective-based codes.
Figure A-9.36.5.3.(2)
Energy consumption of proposed house versus that of reference house
A-9.36.5.4.(1) Calculation Procedure
It is important to characterize actual heat transfer pathways such as areas of
fenestration, walls, floors, ceilings, etc. An accurate geometric model of a
house, including volume, captures such information, but modeling can be carried
out with other calculations.
A-9.36.5.4.(2) Space-Conditioning Load
Supplementary heating systems form part of the principal heating system and
must be able to meet the space-conditioning load of the house.
A-9.36.5.4.(7) Thermostatic Control
The thermostat’s response to temperature fluctuations described in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(7) represents a thermostat deadband of ±0.5°C.
A-9.36.5.5.(1) Source of Climatic Data
Climatic data sources include the Canadian Weather Year for Energy Calculations
(CWEC) and the Canadian Weather Energy and Engineering Data Sets (CWEEDS). The
CWEC represent average heating and cooling degree-days which impact heating and
cooling loads in buildings. The CWEC follow the ASHRAE WYEC2 format and were
derived from the CWEEDS of hourly weather information for Canada from the
1953-1995 period of record. The CWEC are available from Environment Canada at
http://climate.weatheroffice.gc.ca/prods_servs/index_e.html.
Where climatic data for a target location are not available, climatic data for
a representative alternative location should be selected based on the following
considerations: same climatic zone, same geographic area or characteristics,
heating degree-days (HDD) of the alternative location are within 10% of the target
location’s HDD, and the January 1% heating design criteria of the alternative
location is within 2°C of the target location’s same criteria (see Appendix C). Where several alternative locations are representative of the climatic conditions at the target location, their proximity to the target
location should also be a consideration.
A-9.36.5.6.(6) Contents of the House
In the context of Subsection 9.36.5., “contents of the house”
refers to cabinets, furniture and other elements that are not part of the building
structure and whose removal or replacement would not require a building
permit.
A-9.36.5.6.(11) Application
Sentence 9.36.5.6.(11) is not intended to apply to the fenestration area to wall area ratio.
A-9.36.5.7.(1) Consumption of HVAC systems
The energy consumption of HVAC systems typically includes the distribution
system and the effect of controls.
A-9.36.5.7.(5) Zoned Air Handlers
Zoned air handler systems may also have duct and piping losses.
A-9.36.5.8.(5) Water Delivery Temperature
A value of 55˚C is used in the energy model calculations; Article 2.2.10.7. of
Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this Code contains different requirements relating to water delivery temperature.
Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this Code contains different requirements relating to water delivery temperature.
A-9.36.5.9.(1) Modeling the Proposed House
Completeness of the Energy Model Calculations
The specifications for a building typically include the following inputs and
variables, among others, which are needed for modeling:
- space-heating and domestic hot water (DHW) systems
- air-, ground- and water-source heat pumps
- central air-conditioning systems
- primary and secondary DHW systems
- efficiencies of heating and cooling equipment
- solar gain through windows facing each cardinal direction
- sloped glazing, including skylights
- overhangs, taking into account the hourly position of the sun with respect to each window and overhang on a typical day each month
- the various levels of thermal mass
- slab-on-grade, crawl space (open, ventilated or closed), basement and walkout foundations, taking into account dimensions, thermal resistance and placement of insulation, soil conductivity, depth of water table, and weather/climate, and
- heat transfer between the three zones of the house, i.e. the attic, main floor and foundation
Opaque Building Envelope Assemblies
In the context of Sentence 9.36.5.9.(1), the term “opaque building envelope assembly” includes above-ground assemblies and those that are in
contact with the ground.
A-9.36.5.10.(2) Assembly Type
Sentence 9.36.5.10.(2) sets a limit on the size of building envelope assemblies that have to be considered separately in the energy model calculations.
In this context, assembly type is intended to mean either walls, roof,
fenestration, exposed floors, or foundation walls and is intended to include the
respective assembly type areas of the entire building.
A-9.36.5.10.(9)(c)(ii) Equivalent Leakage Area (ELA)
The ELA is the size of an imaginary hole through which the same amount of air
would pass that passes through all of the unintended openings in the building
envelope if the pressure across all those openings were equal. This value is
needed in the calculation because it is a good indicator of the airtightness of
the house: a leaky house will have a large ELA and a very tight house will have a
small ELA. For example, an energy-efficient house might have an ELA as low as
200 cm2 whereas a very leaky house can have an ELA
of more than 3000 cm2.
A-9.36.5.10.(11) Timing of the Airtightness Test
The blower door test described in CAN/CGSB-149.10, “Determination of the Airtightness of Building Envelopes by the Fan Depressurization Method,” should be carried out once the building is substantially completed. Sufficient time
should be allotted before completion to allow for subsequent air sealing in the event
the desired airtightness is not achieved. Interim testing while the air barrier is
still accessible for service can also be helpful.
A-9.36.5.11.(9) Part-Load Performance of Equipment
Measured Data
Where available, the measured part-load performance data are provided by the
equipment manufacturer.
Modeled Part-Load Performance Data
Part-load performance ratings differ depending on the equipment. The intent
of Sentence 9.36.5.11.(9) is to indicate that the same modeled data source should be used for both the proposed and reference houses.
A-9.36.5.11.(10) Sensible Heat Recovery
Treatment of Humidity in the Calculations
The calculations using sensible heat do not take latent heat (humidity) into
account.
Energy-Recovery Ventilators
Energy-recovery ventilators can be used in lieu of heat-recovery
ventilators.
A-9.36.5.11.(11) Circulation Fans
Sentences 9.36.5.11.(12) to (19) calculate the energy consumption of the circulation fan. The results are intended to be used in energy
model calculations only and are not intended to address the performance of the
ventilation system. The actual sizing of ventilation systems must comply with
Section 9.32.
A-9.36.5.12.(2) Assumptions Relating to Drain-Water Heat Recovery
Energy savings associated with drain water heat recovery depend on the duration
of showers and the vertical drop in the drain pipe. Similar to the service water
heating load distribution, the length of showers depends on occupant behaviour.
The values provided in Sentence 9.36.5.12.(2) are intended to be used in the energy model calculations only and take into consideration the loads stated in
Table 9.36.5.8. The efficiency of a drain-water heat-recovery unit must be modelled using the same physical configuration intended for
installation.
A-9.36.5.14.(10) Above-Ground Gross Wall Area
The determination of above-ground gross wall area is consistent with the
prescriptive requirements of Article 9.36.2.3. in that it is based on the measurement of the distance between interior grade and the uppermost ceiling
and on interior areas of insulated wall assemblies.
A-9.36.5.15.(5) Sizing of Heating and Cooling Systems
The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.15.(5) is that the cooling system be sized only for the portion of the house that is cooled.
Article 9.33.5.1. references CSA F280, “Determining the Required Capacity of Residential Space Heating and Cooling Appliances” which contains a number of different methods for determining the capacity of heating appliances. The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.15.(5) is that the equipment be sized according to the methods for total heat output capacity and nominal cooling capacity without being oversized.
CSA F280, “Determining the Required Capacity of Residential Space Heating and Cooling Appliances” which contains a number of different methods for determining the capacity of heating appliances. The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.15.(5) is that the equipment be sized according to the methods for total heat output capacity and nominal cooling capacity without being oversized.
A-9.36.5.15.(6) Default Settings
The default settings in energy performance modeling software for houses are an
appropriate source of part-load performance values of equipment.
A-9.36.5.15.(8) Treatment of Humidity in the Calculations
The calculations using sensible heat do not take latent heat (humidity) into
account.
A-9.36.6.2. Floor Area in the Energy Step CodeThe words floor area, as used in Sentence 9.36.6.2.(1), Sentence 9.36.6.2.(3), Sentence 9.36.6.2.(4), Sentence 10.2.3.2.(1), and Sentence 10.2.3.2.(2), are not italicized, to differentiate them from the defined term floor area in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
Different modelling approaches identify the applicable floor area in various ways
(e.g. modelled floor area, heated floor area, treated floor area, etc.) and the use
of the words floor area in Sentence 9.36.6.2.(1), Sentence 9.36.6.2.(3), Sentence 9.36.6.2.(4), Sentence 10.2.3.2.(1), and Sentence 10.2.3.2.(2) is intended to accommodate the various modelling approaches.
A-9.36.6.2.(1)(f) Auxiliary HVAC EquipmentThis category of equipment generally includes cooling tower fans, humidifiers and
other devices that do not directly fall under one of the other categories listed in
Sentence 8.4.2.2.(1) of the NECB.
A-9.36.6.3.(2) Airtightness Testing for Step 1
Although there is no airtightness requirement for buildings conforming to the requirements
of Step 1, these buildings must still be tested in accordance with Article 9.36.6.5. and their air barriers must meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.3.
Buildings conforming to the requirements of Step 1 may also conform to Subsection 9.36.5. Although Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) provides the option of using the airtightness as tested in the energy modelling, using the result in the energy model is not required.
may also conform to Subsection 9.36.5. Although Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) provides the option of using the airtightness as tested in the energy modelling, using the result in the energy model is not required.
A-9.36.6.4.(2)(b) EnerGuide Rating System
Although not a requirement of the British Columbia Building Code, users of the EnerGuide
Rating System (ERS) must be energy advisors registered and in good standing with Natural
Resources Canada in accordance with the EnerGuide Rating System Administrative Procedures
and must adhere to the technical standards and procedures of the ERS. These standards
and procedures are available through Natural Resources Canada and include program
requirements for energy modelling using the ERS.
A-9.36.6.4.(2)(c) NECB
Although the energy model calculation methods of the NECB are permitted to be used,
the results of those calculations must reflect the definitions and the requirements
related to mechanical energy use intensity, thermal energy demand intensity, and peak
thermal load as set out in Articles 9.36.6.2. and 9.36.6.3., and not the Annual Energy Consumption as required by Part 8 of the NECB.
A-9.36.6.4.(4) Air Leakage Rate in Energy Model Calculations
For Step 1 buildings, airtightness testing must be performed as required by Sentence 9.36.6.3.(2) and reported as required by Division C, but there is no minimum level of airtightness
required. See Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) for requirements for the airtightness value to be used in the energy model calculations for Step 1 buildings using Subsection 9.36.5.
For buildings that must conform to the requirements of any of Steps 2 to 5, higher
than expected air leakage may require the building design to be altered and the energy
model calculations to be repeated. Alternatively, the air leakage rate could be retested
after making alterations to the air barrier system to attain the desired air leakage
rate.
A-9.37.1.1. Application
It is intended that Section 9.37. apply to the construction of a secondary suite,
whether as an addition to an existing building or as part of the construction of a
new building. This Section may also be used as a standard for assessing an existing
additional dwelling unit located in a single family dwelling building (house), but
is not intended to be applied as a retroactive code to these existing units.
It is intended that the definition reflects that a secondary suite is an
additional dwelling unit of limited size located within a house. Many of the changes
in Section 9.37. are premised on the condition of the limited size of the secondary
suite, which may directly or indirectly relate to issues such as occupant load,
travel distance and egress dimensions.
In order for an additional dwelling unit to be considered a secondary suite, the
following criteria must apply:
- There is only one secondary suite permitted in the building.
- It must be located in a building containing only residential occupancy.
- The secondary suite is located in or is part of a building containing only one other dwelling unit.
- The area of the secondary suite cannot exceed 90 m2 of finished living area. (This does not include the areas used for common storage, common laundry facilities or common areas used for egress.)
- The area of the secondary suite cannot exceed 40% of the total living floor space (area) of the building it is located in. (The living floor area of the building does not include attached storage garages.)
- The secondary suite cannot be subdivided from the building it is part of under the Strata Property Act. This means that both dwelling units are registered under the same title.
A-9.37.1.2. Construction Requirements
The requirements of Part 9 of the British Columbia Building Code apply to the construction
of a
secondary suite and the alterations to a building to incorporate a secondary suite,
except those specifically referenced in Subsection 9.37.2.
A secondary suite may be constructed in a building that has been in existence for
many years and that may not comply with current code requirements. As it may not be
feasible to comply with the current Code, discretion should be used provided it does
not substantially reduce the level of safety intended by the Code.
For example, existing stairs may not comply with current rise or run requirements;
winders may not have the 150 mm tread at the narrow end; guards may
be a few millimeters lower than now required.
In some cases, existing sidelights or windows may not comply with the Code's safety
or security requirements. Acceptable safety requirements can be achieved by applying
decals, rails or safety films.
Insulation requirements may not comply with the current Code; window and door
glazing may not be insulated or installed in thermally broken frames.
Fire stops are required to be installed in new additions and in exposed existing
locations, but it is not intended either that existing finishes be removed to check
for the presence of fire stops or that new fire stops be installed.
Doors required to have a 20 min fire-protection rating, or to be 45
mm solid core wood, may be mounted in existing door frames that are less
than 38 mm in thickness if it would require substantial framing
alterations to accommodate a 38 mm thick frame.
It is not the intent to retroactively apply the current Code to all existing
features in order to permit the construction of a secondary suite in an existing
building.
A-9.37.2.3.(1) Exit Stairs
Existing internal and external stairs that formerly served one dwelling unit may
now serve both the existing dwelling unit and the new secondary suite. It is not the
intent to apply all current Code exit stair requirements in order to
permit the construction of a secondary suite in an existing building.
A-9.37.2.6. Means of Egress
The additional occupant load created by a secondary suite does not warrant
increasing the width of a public corridor, common exit stair or landing used by both
dwelling units. The stairs, corridors and landings formerly serving one dwelling
unit are likely to be of adequate size to accommodate the occupant load of both
suites.
A-9.37.2.8. Openings near Unenclosed Exit Stairs and Ramps
Unprotected door or window openings in other fire compartments adjacent to exit
stairs and ramps should be protected from the other suite to provide safe passage
to
a safe area. Normally such protection as required by Part 9 would extend both vertically and horizontally beyond the adjacent openings. This is considered excessive due to
required fire safety measures and the relatively short travel distances in this type
of building. The application of current Part 9 requirements would in many cases
require the protection of all openings in entire faces of dwelling units, which could
be very restrictive. Authorities should exercise judgment with regard to deciding
which openings are close enough to the exit facility to pose a problem during the
early stages of a fire and require appropriate opening protection. Those openings
that directly pass the means of egress are required to be protected.
A-9.37.2.14. Combustible Drain, Waste and Vent Piping
Exposed combustible drain, waste and vent piping that penetrates a fire
separation is required to be protected as described. This protection is not required
for exposed fixture traps and arms serving fixtures within the suite provided they
are not exposed from the underside of a horizontal fire separation. The intent is
not to require removal of existing combustible piping which, as a result of the
creation of a secondary suite, may now be on both sides of a rated fire separation.
Rather, the intent is to protect this piping where it is exposed.
Figure A-9.37.2.14.
Combustible Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe
A-9.37.2.15. and 16. Separation of Residential Suites and Public Corridors
Two options are permitted for the separation of residential suites required by
Article 9.10.9.14. and the separation of suites and public corridors required by Article 9.10.9.15.
One option is to separate the suites with a fire separation having a fire-resistance
rating of 30 minutes and provide in each suite an additional
smoke alarm interconnected with the smoke alarm in the other suite (described in
Article 9.37.2.19.). A 30 min fire-resistance rating can be achieved with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board on framing 400 mm o.c. for vertical
assemblies, and 12.7 mm Type X or 15.9 mm gypsum board on
frame floor/ceiling assemblies. This is often typical construction in modern single
dwelling houses. This option will provide an equivalent level of life safety as the
occupants of the building will be made aware of the hazard by an automatic detection
system in the early stages allowing them early evacuation.
The second option is to provide an automatic sprinkler system conforming to an NFPA
standard throughout the building (i.e. both suites and common areas). With this
provision, no fire-resistance rating is required, but the suites must still be
separated by a fire separation. Automatic sprinkler systems are a recognized
alternative to fire-resistance ratings as a sprinkler system should control the fire
at its early stage, preventing its propagation.
A-9.37.2.17. Air Ducts and Fire Dampers
In order to prevent the migration of smoke from one suite to another during a
fire, heating or ventilation systems incorporating ducts that serve both suites are
permitted only if there is a mechanism to prevent smoke being circulated from one
unit to the other. It is preferable for the secondary suite to have its own heating
system independent of the rest of the building.
A-9.37.2.19. Smoke Alarms
This Article requires an interconnected photoelectric smoke alarm in each suite
where fire separations having a fire resistance rating of 30 min are used. The
purpose of these interconnected alarms is to provide early warning to both suites
in
the event of a fire in one suite. Photoelectric type alarms are required as they are
less prone to nuisance false alarms such as can occur during cooking, but careful
consideration is still required as to their location.
It is important to note that these alarms are additional to the requirements of
Subsection 9.10.19. and that each suite is still required to be provided
with alarms in conformance with Subsection 9.10.19.
The additional smoke alarm should not be interconnected to the other smoke
alarm(s) located within the same suite.
This additional smoke alarm system is not required when the fire-resistance
ratings required in Articles 9.10.9.14. and 9.10.9.15. are not reduced, or when the building is sprinklered.
A-9.37.2.20. Sound Control
Meeting the Code's level of sound transmission for secondary suites
may be difficult and expensive, particularly in an existing building. As there is
single ownership of both dwelling units, this requirement is not mandatory but
designers are encouraged to take the subject into consideration where
feasible.